364
QuadraMed ® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPRInsurance Payor Profile

Table Reference

Page 2: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Client Support

Government Program Support

WarningThe laboratory information system module of the QuadraMed CPR (QCPR) product is not designed for, nor is it intended for use in, a blood banking establishment. QuadraMed does not support, and disclaims any liability for, any use of the QCPR product for such purpose. This means that the intended use of QCPR does not include any blood banking functions whatsoever, which functions include by way of example, but are in no way limited to, the following:

Documentation – Including pre-transfusion testing (i.e., readings), outcome of testing (i.e., interpretations), transfusion of blood products, computer assisted evaluation of data, and unit number and blood type as they relate to any of the above documentations.

Inventory tracking units

Labels for blood products

Converting antibody/transfusion history card information

Donor processing

In no event will QuadraMed or any person or company acting on its behalf be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages, loss (including, without limitation, loss of profit), or personal injury arising from the supply or use of QCPR to perform the above mentioned or any other blood banking functions or to support a blood banking establishment, or arising from the supply or use of any accompanying hardware and written materials for the purposes of supporting the above mentioned or any other blood banking functions.

Any questions regarding the use of QCPR should be directed to QCPR Customer Support.

QuadraMed Corporation Proprietary StatementThis material constitutes proprietary and trade secret information of the QuadraMed Corporation, and shall not be disclosed to any third party, nor used by the recipient except under the terms and conditions prescribed by the QuadraMed Corporation.

The trademarks, service marks, and logos of QuadraMed Corporation and others used herein are the property of QuadraMed or their respective owners.

QuadraMed Corporation Copyright StatementThis material is also protected by Federal Copyright Law and is not to be copied or reproduced in any form, using any medium, without the prior written authorization of the QuadraMed Corporation. However, the QuadraMed Corporation allows the printing of the Adobe Acrobat PDF files for the purposes of client training and reference.

Contents copyright © 2011 QuadraMed Corporation. All rights reserved.

Phone: 877.823.7263

E-Mail: [email protected]

Technical Support:

Phone: 800.257.0512

E-Mail: [email protected]

Application Training Support:

Phone: 800.257.0512

E-Mail: [email protected]

Software and PDFs of guides and other documentation are available for download on the client support website. CDs and printed materials are available for purchase. See http://www.quadramed.com/customer_service for more information.

Page 3: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation iii

Revision List

The following list provides the most current revision number and date for each chapter in this manual.

CHAPTERREVISION NUMBER

DATE

01 - Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”) 5.5.8 6/93

02 - Address Data Element 5.4.10 1/93

03 - Assignment of Benefits Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

04 - Authorization Approved Length of Stay Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

05 - Authorization Date/Time of Date Element 5.4.0 11/92

06 - Authorization Person Talked To Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

07 - Authorization Source Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

08 - Authorization Status Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

09 - Comment Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

10 - Copay Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

11 - Date 1 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

12 - Date 2 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

13 - Date 3 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

14 - Date 4 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

15 - Dialysis Provider Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

16 - Dialysis Type Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

17- Effective Date 1 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

18 - Effective Date 2 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

19 - Effective Date 3 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

Page 4: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

iv QuadraMed Corporation

20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

21 - Explanation Code Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

22 - Financial Class Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

23 - Formatted Entry 1 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

24 - Formatted Entry 2 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

25 - Formatted Entry 3 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

26 - Formatted Entry 4 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

27 - Formatted Entry 5 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

28 - Formatted Entry 6 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

29 - Formatted Entry 7 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

30 - Formatted Entry 8 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

31 - Formatted Entry 9 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

32 - Formatted Entry 10 Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

33 - Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

34 - Generic Choose Data Element 5.5.4 5/93

35 - Generic Date/Time Data Element 5.5.4 5/93

36 - Generic Employee Name Data Element 5.5.8 6/93

37 - Generic Formatted Entry Data Element 5.5.8 6/93

38- Generic Free-Text Data Element 5.5.8 6/93

39 - Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen Data Element 5.5.8 6/93

40 - Generic Multimedia Data Element 4.3.0 7/05

41 - Generic Name Data Element 5.5.8 6/93

42 - Generic Other Facility Data Element 5.7.22 7/94

43 - Generic Selection Screen/Tree Data Element 5.5.8 6/93

44 - Generic Table Selection Data Element 5.7.22 7/94

45 - Generic Telephone Data Element 5.5.8 6/93

46 - Group Number Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

47 - Insurance Verified Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

48 - Military Base Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

CHAPTERREVISION NUMBER

DATE

Page 5: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation v

49 - Military Branch of Service Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

50 - Military Rank Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

51 - Military Reason Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

52 - Military Status Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

53 - Other Facility Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

54 - Other Facility Stay End Date Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

55 - Other Facility Stay Start Date Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

56 - Payor Number Data Element 5.7.22 7/94

57 - Plan Number Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

58 - Pre-Auth Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

59 - Pre-Auth Number Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

60 - Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

61 - Proration Plan Number Data Element 5.5.4 5/93

62 - Release of Information Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

63 - Require Verification Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

64 - Review Agency Contact Person Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

65 - Review Agency Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

66 - Secondary Numbers Data Element 5.8.22 4/95

67 - Send Verification Data Element 5.0.0 05/06

68 - Signature Date Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

69 - Subscriber Address Data Element 5.4.10 1/93

70 - Subscriber Birthdate Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

71 - Subscriber Day Telephone Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

72 - Subscriber Driver’s License Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

73 - Subscriber Employee ID Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

74 - Subscriber Employer Address Data Element 5.4.10 1/93

75 - Subscriber Employer Branch Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

76 - Subscriber Employer Comment Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

77 - Subscriber Employer Contact Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

CHAPTERREVISION NUMBER

DATE

Page 6: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

vi QuadraMed Corporation

78 - Subscriber Employer Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

79 - Subscriber Employer Telephone Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

80 - Subscriber Employment Status Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

81 - Subscriber Home Telephone Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

82 - Subscriber Name Data Element 5.7.30 9/94

83 - Subscriber Occupation Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

84 - Subscriber Relationship Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

85 - Subscriber Sex Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

86 - Subscriber Social Security Number Data Element 5.4.4 12/92

87 - Telephone Data Element 5.4.0 11/92

CHAPTERREVISION NUMBER

DATE

Page 7: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Copyright © 2011 QuadraMed Corporation

Table of Contents

Revision List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Chapter 1 Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Table Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Table Builder Definition Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Active? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Profile Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Profile Short Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Parameter Definitions Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Screen Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Screen Driver Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4Screen Driver Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Data Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Data Element Definition Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Edit Security Expr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Display Security Expr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Allowed Security Expr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Required Expr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Chapter 2 Address Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Address Collection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Page 8: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

viii QuadraMed Corporation

Chapter 3 Assignment of Benefits Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Display Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Chapter 4 Authorization Approved Length of Stay Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Chapter 5 Authorization Date/Time of Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Chapter 6 Authorization Person Talked To Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Page 9: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation ix

Chapter 7 Authorization Source Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Chapter 8 Authorization Status Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Chapter 9 Comment Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Chapter 10 Copay Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Page 10: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

x QuadraMed Corporation

Chapter 11 Date 1 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Chapter 12 Date 2 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Chapter 13 Date 3 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Chapter 14 Date 4 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Page 11: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xi

Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Chapter 15 Dialysis Provider Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Chapter 16 Dialysis Type Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Display Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Chapter 17 Effective Date 1 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Chapter 18 Effective Date 2 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Page 12: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xii QuadraMed Corporation

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Effective Date 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Chapter 19 Effective Date 3 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Chapter 20 Expiration Date Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Chapter 21 Explanation Code Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Page 13: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xiii

Chapter 22 Financial Class Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Chapter 23 Formatted Entry 1 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Verification Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Chapter 24 Formatted Entry 2 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Verification Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Chapter 25 Formatted Entry 3 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Page 14: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xiv QuadraMed Corporation

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Chapter 26 Formatted Entry 4 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Chapter 27 Formatted Entry 5 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Chapter 28 Formatted Entry 6 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Page 15: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xv

Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Verification Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Chapter 29 Formatted Entry 7 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Verification Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Chapter 30 Formatted Entry 8 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Verification Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Chapter 31 Formatted Entry 9 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Page 16: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xvi QuadraMed Corporation

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Chapter 32 Formatted Entry 10 Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Chapter 33 Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Chapter 34 Generic Choose Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Choose Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Page 17: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xvii

Chapter 35 Generic Date/Time Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Allow Approximate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Chapter 36 Generic Employee Name Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Employee Type(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Chapter 37 Generic Formatted Entry Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Check Digit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Verification Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Chapter 38 Generic Free-Text Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Page 18: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xviii QuadraMed Corporation

Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Chapter 39 Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Hard-Coded Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Capture/Edit Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Field Display Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Printing Images Using Chart Review Print Routine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Printing Images Using the HTML Printer Server and HTML Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Multimedia Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Multimedia Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Multimedia Server Type(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Multimedia Catalogue Object(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Display Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Allow Annotation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Initial Annotation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Multimedia Rubber Stamp(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Additional Object Data String. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Additional Generated Data String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Suppress Printing?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Image Print Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Page 19: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xix

Chapter 41 Generic Name Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Chapter 42 Generic Other Facility Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Address Collection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Use Partial Name Match? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Chapter 43 Generic Selection Screen/Tree Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Screen Type/Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Window Preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Multi-Select? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Allow Free-Text? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Chapter 44 Generic Table Selection Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Page 20: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xx QuadraMed Corporation

Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Selection Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Selection Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Window Preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Multi-Select? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Allow Free-Text? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Allow Partial Name?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Chapter 45 Generic Telephone Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Storage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Chapter 46 Group Number Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Chapter 47 Insurance Verified Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Page 21: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xxi

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Display Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Chapter 48 Military Base Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Chapter 49 Military Branch of Service Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Chapter 50 Military Rank Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Chapter 51 Military Reason Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Page 22: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xxii QuadraMed Corporation

Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Chapter 52 Military Status Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Chapter 53 Other Facility Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Chapter 54 Other Facility Stay End Date Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Chapter 55 Other Facility Stay Start Date Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Page 23: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xxiii

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Days In Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Days In Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Chapter 56 Payor Number Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Chapter 57 Plan Number Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Verification Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Chapter 58 Pre-Auth Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Page 24: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xxiv QuadraMed Corporation

Chapter 59 Pre-Auth Number Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Chapter 60 Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Display Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Chapter 61 Proration Plan Number Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Low Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235High Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Page 25: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xxv

Chapter 62 Release of Information Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Display Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Chapter 63 Require Verification Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Display Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Chapter 64 Review Agency Contact Person Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Chapter 65 Review Agency Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Page 26: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xxvi QuadraMed Corporation

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Face Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Chapter 66 Secondary Numbers Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Secondary Number Type/Secondary Number Type(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Allow Duplicate Secondary Number(s)? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Allow Edit of Secondary Number(s)? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Manual Number Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Chapter 67 Send Verification Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Manual Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Card Reader Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Scan Insurance Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Manual Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Verification Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Visit Insurance Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Streamlined Newborn Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Visit Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Visit Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Visit Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Timeout Management Queue(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Verification Start Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Card Reader Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Field Delimiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Page 27: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xxvii

Card Capture Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Card Reader Parameters Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Ins/Payor DE Pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Card Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Override Previous Data? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Manual Start Information Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Format(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Display Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Required Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Chapter 68 Signature Date Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Chapter 69 Subscriber Address Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Address Collection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Street Address Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275City Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275County Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275State Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Country Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Mailing Code Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Chapter 70 Subscriber Birthdate Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Page 28: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xxviii QuadraMed Corporation

Date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Chapter 71 Subscriber Day Telephone Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Chapter 72 Subscriber Driver's License Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Chapter 73 Subscriber Employee ID Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Display Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Display Format(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Display Maximum Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Verification Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Chapter 74 Subscriber Employer Address Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Page 29: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xxix

Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Address Collection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Chapter 75 Subscriber Employer Branch Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Chapter 76 Subscriber Employer Comment Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Chapter 77 Subscriber Employer Contact Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Chapter 78 Subscriber Employer Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Page 30: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xxx QuadraMed Corporation

Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Address Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Chapter 79 Subscriber Employer Telephone Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Chapter 80 Subscriber Employment Status Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Chapter 81 Subscriber Home Telephone Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Chapter 82 Subscriber Name Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Page 31: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Table of Contents

QuadraMed Corporation xxxi

Guarantor Modifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Guarantor Modifier Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Same As Data To Exclude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Chapter 83 Subscriber Occupation Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Chapter 84 Subscriber Relationship Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Chapter 85 Subscriber Sex Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Chapter 86 Subscriber Social Security Number Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Data Element Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Page 32: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

xxxii QuadraMed Corporation

Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Chapter 87 Telephone Data Element

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Data Element Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Message Modifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Index of Selected Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Page 33: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 1

Chapter 1

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

OverviewThe Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), is used to define the insurance screen sequences that collects insurance-specific information. A different screen sequence can be defined for each insurance/payor.

Table AttributesTable Relationship Links TO Menu Functions FROM ^rt("ipp"):

None

Links TO other Tables FROM ^rt("ipp"):Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip")

Links FROM other Tables TO ^rt("ipp"):None

Facility Specific? No

Database Standards The Database Standards used to build/validate this table are located in Registration/Visit Screens Database Standards in the Database Standards Table Reference.

Table Organization The Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), is a multiple-level screen driver table. It is composed of the following levels:

Profile Name

Parameter Definitions

Screen Driver

Once the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp") is accessed, the System prompts for a partial name. After a partial name is entered, the System displays a list of matching Insurance/Payor Profile Options, if any. The following processing options are available:

EditAddDelete

Page 34: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

2 QuadraMed Corporation

Selecting an option to edit displays the information for the Profile Name level. This information can be edited by choosing (E) Edit or the Screen Driver level can be accessed by pressing the ENTER key.

When adding a new option, the information for the Profile Name level must be defined and accepted before the Screen Driver level can be accessed.

After the Profile Name level is defined, the System displays the list of previously defined Screen Sequence Options, if any. The following processing options are available:

EditBuildDeleteInsertMove

Selecting an option to edit causes the System to display the Screen Driver level. The Parameter Definitions level can be accessed by choosing the param processing option from the Screen Driver level. When inserting a new option, the Parameter Definitions level must be defined and accepted before the Screen Driver level can be accessed. The following processing options are available:

EditColorDeleteHeadingInsertMoveParam

For a complete description of rebuilding screens, see the screen drivers chapter in the Introduction to QuadraMed® CPR Tables manual.

The usual Edit, Add, and Delete processing options are available.

Department Usage Admitting/RegistrationAdmitting/registration uses these screens to enter/display all insurance/payor (or third party payor) information for a patient.

Admitting/registration can define generic fields to capture specialized information (Example: over income amounts for Medicaid eligibility).

Utilization ManagementUtilization management uses these screens to enter/display pre-authorization information.

Page 35: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 1 Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

QuadraMed Corporation 3

Table Builder Definition ScreenThe following fields display on the Table Builder Definitions Screen for the Profile Name level:

Active?

Purpose Defines whether this option displays for selection in menu functions and in other tables.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to yes

System Use Yes – Indicates the option is available. The option displays for selection in menu functions and in other tables.

No – Indicates the option is inactive. The option displays in dim text in the table and does not display for selection in menu functions or other tables.

Impact ofChange

Edits and additions are effective immediately.

Profile Name

Purpose Defines the name of the screen sequence.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this name for selection in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Screen Profile field.

Impact ofChange

Edits and additions are effective immediately.

Profile Short Name

Purpose Defines the screen sequence name in abbreviated terms.

Input Free-text

10 character limit

Required

System Use Currently not used

Impact ofChange

None

Page 36: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

4 QuadraMed Corporation

Parameter Definitions LevelThe following fields display on the Table Builder Definitions Screen for the Parameter Definitions level:

Screen Driver TypeDefines whether the screen driver is a vertical or horizontal screen driver. The System defaults to horizontal. This field cannot be edited.

Screen Driver LevelThis level is a horizontal screen driver.

Data ElementsThe following data elements can be inserted on any Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Screen Driver:

Address

Assignment of Benefits

Authorization Approved Length of Stay

Authorization Date/Time of

Authorization Person Talked To

Authorization Source

Authorization Status

Comment

Copay

Screen Name

Purpose Defines the name of the screen.

Input Free-text

50 character limit

Required

System Use Displays this screen name for selection when defining insurance information during visit processing.

Impact ofChange

Edits and additions are effective immediately.

Page 37: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 1 Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

QuadraMed Corporation 5

Date 1

Date 2

Date 3

Date 4

Dialysis Provider

Dialysis Type

Effective Date 1

Effective Date 2

Effective Date 3

Expiration Date

Explanation Code

Financial Class

Formatted Entry 1

Formatted Entry 10

Formatted Entry 2

Formatted Entry 3

Formatted Entry 4

Formatted Entry 5

Formatted Entry 6

Formatted Entry 7

Formatted Entry 8

Formatted Entry 9

Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name

Generic Choose

Generic Date/Time

Generic Employee Name

Generic Formatted Entry

Generic Free-Text

Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen

Generic Multimedia

Generic Other Facility

Generic Selection Screen/Tree

Generic Table Selection

Generic Telephone

Group Number

Insurance Verified

Military Base

Military Branch of Service

Military Rank

Military Reason

Military Status

Other Facility

Other Facility Stay End Date

Other Facility Stay Start Date

Payor Number

Plan Number

Pre-Auth

Pre-Auth Number

Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag

Proration Plan Number

Release of Information

Require Verification

Review Agency

Review Agency Contact Person

Secondary Numbers

Page 38: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

6 QuadraMed Corporation

Data Element Definition ScreenThe following fields display on all the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Data Element Definition Screens:

Send Verification

Signature Date

Subscriber Address

Subscriber Birthdate

Subscriber Day Telephone

Subscriber Driver's License

Subscriber Employee ID

Subscriber Employer

Subscriber Employer Address

Subscriber Employer Branch

Subscriber Employer Comment

Subscriber Employer Contact

Subscriber Employer Telephone

Subscriber Employment Status

Subscriber Home Telephone

Subscriber Name

Subscriber Occupation

Subscriber Relationship

Subscriber Sex

Subscriber Social Security Number

Telephone

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Field Name Identifies the name of the field that displays on the screen driver.

Data Width Defines the width of the line(s) in which the entered data displays.

# Lines Defines the number of lines in which the data displays.

Archive? Defines whether data is stored in an archive (audit trail) event.

Required? Defines whether the field is required during data entry. Whether a field is required can also be defined in a data element dependency.

Edit Only? Defines whether the data element field is skipped in the fill and blank fill modes.

Constants Defines the specification of processing parameters for the data element field being defined, such as input limits, formats, and the transaction line. The fields that display are unique to each data element.

Page 39: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 1 Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

QuadraMed Corporation 7

ExpressionsThe following fields display when the Expressions field is accessed:

Edit Security Expr

Purpose Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be edited by the user. This security check is in addition to any hard-coded checks in the data element.

Input Report Writer expression editor

This field is defined with a boolean (true/false) expression.

System Use Evaluates the expression defined in this field when the screen driver is accessed. The expression also is evaluated any time a field referenced in the expression is edited.

When the expression evaluates as true, the data element field can be edited on the user side.

In QuadraMed Computerized Patient Records (QuadraMed CPR), (character mode), when the expression evaluates as false, the selection number and data for the data element field are starred out (***), making the field inaccessible.

In Ultiview or Javaview, when the expression evaluates as false, the option number button displays in dim text, indicating the option is not accessible.

Impact of Change

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Security Expr

Purpose Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be accessed on the screen driver on the user side. This security check is in addition to any hard-coded display checks in the data element.

Input Report Writer expression editor

This field is defined with a boolean (true/false) expression.

System Use Evaluates the expression defined in this field when the screen driver is accessed. The expression also is evaluated any time a field referenced in the expression is edited.

When the expression evaluates as true, the data element field displays on the user side.

In QuadraMed CPR (character mode), when the expression evaluates as false, the selection number and data area for the data element field are starred out (***), making the field inaccessible.

In Ultiview or Javaview, when the expression evaluates as false, the option number button displays in dim text, indicating the option is not accessible.

Impact of Change

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 40: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

8 QuadraMed Corporation

Allowed Security Expr

Purpose Defines an expression that determines whether data can be entered into the data element field, and whether previously defined data is cleared when data cannot be entered. When allowed security fails, the field cannot be accessed and the System clears any data defined in the field.

Input Report Writer expression editor

This subfield is defined with a boolean (true/false) expression

System Use Evaluates the expression defined in this subfield when the screen driver is accessed. The expression is also evaluated any time a field referenced in the expression is edited.

When the expression evaluates as true, data can be entered into the data element field, and the System does not clear the data if, subsequently, the field cannot be accessed. Therefore, if any data is changed which allows the field to be accessed, the previously defined data redisplays in the data element field.

When the expression evaluates as false, data cannot be entered into the data element field, and the System clears the data if, subsequently, the field cannot be accessed. Therefore, if any data is changed which allows the field to be accessed, either the default value displays, if defined, or the field displays empty.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Required Expr

Purpose Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field is required. This status is in addition to any hard-coded checks in the data element.

Input Report Writer expression editor

System Use Evaluates the expression defined in this field when the screen driver is accessed. The expression also is evaluated any time a field referenced in the expression is edited.

This field is defined with an expression that results in one of the following values:

0 (not required) – Indicates the data element field is not required. The screen driver can be accepted as complete without entering data into the data element field.

1 (accept required) – Indicates the data element field is accept required. The screen driver cannot be accepted as complete or partial without entering data into the data element field. The selection number for an accept required field displays in a bright box to indicate the field must be defined.

2 (process required) – Indicates the data element field is process required. The screen driver can be accepted as partial, but not complete, without entering data into the data element field. The selection number for a process required field displays in a bright box to indicate the field must be defined.

Page 41: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 1 Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

QuadraMed Corporation 9

If the Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field can be defined for the data element as well as this field, the System uses the most restrictive definition. For example, if the Required? field is defined as process required and this expression indicates the field is not required (that is, a value of 0), the field is process required when the screen driver is accessed on the user side.

Impact of Change

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Required Expr (Continued)

Page 42: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

10 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 43: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 11

Chapter 2

Address Data Element

OverviewThe Address data element is used to create a field that allows the address of the insurance/payor to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Address data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Address data element:

Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")

Variations The Address data element consists of the following variations:

Display Only

This variation indicates the address is a display only field. The information that displays cannot be edited. The following field displays for the Display Only variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Address Collection ScreenEntered - City/State Only

This variation indicates the System only defaults the city and state information. When this variation is being defined, the System creates two data element fields on the screen driver, one for the city and another for the state. The following field displays for the Entered - City/State Only variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Page 44: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

12 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Address data element is accessed, the System automatically defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Address field. Depending on the variation selected, this information can be viewed, accepted, or edited.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Entered - Standard

This variation displays the Address Collection Screen for definition when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing. The following fields display for the Entered - Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierAddress Collection ScreenEntered - State Only

This variation indicates the System only defaults the state information. There are no constants defined for this variation.

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 45: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 2 Address Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 13

Address Collection Screen

Purpose Defines the Address Collection Screen that displays to collect the address on the user's side.

Input Single selection

Links from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")

System Use Displays this Address Collection Screen when the field created from this data element is selected during insurance processing.

When a screen is not defined in this field, the System displays the screen defined in the System Parameter Table, ^%z, Reg/ADT System Parameters subfile, Facility-specific level, Miscellaneous Data Screen, Address Collection Driver field.

For a complete description of address screens, see Chapter 1, Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad") in the Address Collection Driver Table Reference.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 46: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

14 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 47: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 15

Chapter 3

Assignment of Benefits Data Element

OverviewThe Assignment of Benefits data element is used to create a field that defines whether the patient has authorized the insurance company to pay the hospital for services rendered (that is, assign the benefits to the hospital).

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Address data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Address data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations The Assignment of Benefits data element consists of the following variations:

Choose – This variation indicates to the System that the options display in the transaction line defined in the Prompt Constants field. The following fields display for the Choose variation when the Constants field is accessed:

PromptFace SheetValuesScreen – This variation indicates to the System that the options display as a selection on a screen. The following fields display for the Screen variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierFace SheetDisplay Text

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 48: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

16 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Assignment of Benefits data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for a status to be chosen or displays a list of options and prompts for one to be selected.

The information that defaults into this data element field is a result of the assignment of benefits calculation.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Prompt

Purpose Defines the transaction line that displays when this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Free-text beginning with the verb Choose.

Each choose value must be included in the prompt. For example, if the following values are defined:

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Choose no assignment(N) or assignment(Y)

System Use Displays this transaction line when the data element is selected during insurance processing

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

VALUE DISPLAY TEXT MEANING

N No assignment no assignment of benefits

Y Assignment assignment of benefits

Page 49: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 3 Assignment of Benefits Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 17

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Values

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Value – Defines an allowable choice. Only one alphabetic character can be entered, and each value must have a unique letter. The System automatically capitalizes lower case letters.

Display text – Defines the text associated with the defined value. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the value and display text.

System Use When a value is chosen from the transaction line, the System displays the defined display text for that value.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Display text – Defines the text that displays for selection. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the display text.

(M) Move

Face Sheet (Continued)

Page 50: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

18 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a value is selected from the screen, the System displays the information defined as the display text for that value.

(M) Move – Allows the order of the display text to be changed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text (Continued)

Page 51: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 19

Chapter 4

Authorization Approved Length of Stay Data Element

OverviewThe Authorization Approved Length of Stay data element is used to create an insurance field that allows the number of days (length of stay) that has been approved for the visit by the patient's insurance company to be defined.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Authorization Approved Length of Stay data element is accessed, the System prompts for a length of stay to be entered. The System only accepts the entry of an integer.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Authorization Approved Length of Stay data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Authorization Approved Length of Stay data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 52: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

20 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 53: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 21

Chapter 5

Authorization Date/Time of Data Element

OverviewThe Authorization Date/Time of data element is used to create a field that allows the entry of the date or date and time that pre-authorization was obtained for the patient's visit.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Authorization Date/Time of data element is accessed, the QuadraMed CPR System prompts for a date or date/time to be entered. The System allows the date to be entered in the following ways:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- (offset) – Displays the current System date plus/minus a valid offset. QuadraMed CPR accepts the following offsets:

number(n) – Indicates the offset is a number of days (Example: t-1 is yesterday, based on the current System date).

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks (Example: t-3w is 3 weeks ago).

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Authorization Date/Time of data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Authorization Date/Time of data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 54: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

22 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months (Example: If today is 9 August 90, then t-3m is May 1990).

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years (Example: If today is 9 August 89, then t-2y is 1987).

The format in which the System accepts dates is determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. The Date Parsing Options, along with their defined formats, are as follows:

U.S.A.

Month-Day-Year in one of the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

Month-Year in one of the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

Year as yyyy

When a month is defined with a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined with a two-character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than as a month.

International – Currently not used.

QuadraMed CPR allows a date and time to be entered in the following ways:

n (now) – Current System date and time.

t (today) – Current System date. A t can be entered by itself or followed by a time (Example: t 0700 is today at 0700).

Date and time – All the previously identified date formats are acceptable with the following time formats:

As a 24-hour time (Example: 1300 for 1:00 pm)

As hh:mm am/pm (Example: 11:15 pm)

Page 55: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 5 Authorization Date/Time of Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 23

n - (offset) – Current System date minus an allowed offset. QuadraMed CPR accepts the following offsets:

number (n) – Indicates the offset is a number of minutes (Example: n-30 is 30 minutes ago).

nh – Indicates the offset is a number of hours (Example: n-2h is 2 hours ago).

The System evaluates each entered time for the proper format. When an unrecognized format is entered, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 56: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

24 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 57: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 25

Chapter 6

Authorization Person Talked To Data Element

OverviewThe Authorization Person Talked To data element is used to create an insurance field that allows the name of the person representing the third party payor, who authorized the patient's visit, to be entered.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Authorization Person Talked To data element is accessed, the System prompts for a name to be entered. This is a free-text field.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Authorization Person Talked To data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Authorization Person Talked To data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 58: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

26 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 59: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 27

Chapter 7

Authorization Source Data Element

OverviewThe Authorization Source data element is used to create a field that defines the source from which the pre-authorization was given.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Authorization Source data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Pre-Authorization Source Options and prompts for one to be selected, or for free-text to be entered. Pre-Authorization Source Options are defined in the Pre-Authorization Source Table, ^rt("pa").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Authorization Source data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Authorization Source data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 60: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

28 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 61: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 29

Chapter 8

Authorization Status Data Element

OverviewThe Authorization Status data element is used to create a field that defines the current status of pre-authorization for an insurance.Users who perform pre-authorization processing update the status of their work during processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Authorization Status data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Status Options and prompts for one to be selected. The System defaults the pre-authorization status of unprocessed. This option can be accepted when the pre-authorization verification process has not started or changed to partial or complete. These options are hard-coded.

When the pre-authorization status is changed to partial or complete, the System displays the status on the Insurance Summary Screen, in parentheses, next to the insurance's pre-authorization requirement.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Authorization Status data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Authorization Status data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 62: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

30 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 63: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 31

Chapter 9

Comment Data Element

OverviewThe Comment data element is used to create a field that allows free-text information about the insurance to be entered.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Comment data element is accessed, the System prompts for information to be entered.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Comment data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Comment data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 64: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

32 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 65: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 33

Chapter 10

Copay Data Element

OverviewThe Copay data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the subscriber's copayment information. This field can be used to define the specific amount of the copayment (Example: $5.00), the percentage amount of the copayment (Example: 30 %), or that the patient does not have a copayment (Example: None or No copayment).

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Copay data element is accessed, the System prompts for the copayment information to be entered. This is a free-text field.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Copay data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Copay data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 66: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

34 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 67: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 35

Chapter 11

Date 1 Data Element

OverviewThe Date 1 data element is used to create an insurance field that collects a date.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Date 1 data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Date 1 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Date 1 data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 68: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

36 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 69: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 11 Date 1 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 37

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the past, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any past date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the future, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 70: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

38 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than (that is, into the future) 02 November 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any future date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 71: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 39

Chapter 12

Date 2 Data Element

OverviewThe Date 2 data element is used to create an insurance field that collects a date.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Date 2 data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Date 2 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Date 2 data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 72: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

40 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 73: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 12 Date 2 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 41

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the past, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any past date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the future, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 74: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

42 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than (that is, into the future) 02 November 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any future date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 75: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 43

Chapter 13

Date 3 Data Element

OverviewThe Date 3 data element is used to create an insurance field that collects a date.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Date 3 data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Date 3 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Date 3 data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 76: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

44 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 77: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 13 Date 3 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 45

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the past, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any past date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the future, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 78: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

46 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than (that is, into the future) 02 November 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any future date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 79: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 47

Chapter 14

Date 4 Data Element

OverviewThe Date 4 data element is used to create an insurance field that collects a date.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Date 4 data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Date 4 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Date 4 data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 80: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

48 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 81: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 14 Date 4 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 49

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the past, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any past date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the future, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 82: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

50 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into thisdata element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than (that is, into the future) 02 November 1992.

No limit – Indicates that any future date is accepted.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 83: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 51

Chapter 15

Dialysis Provider Data Element

OverviewThe Dialysis Provider data element is used to create a field that defines the patient's dialysis provider facility.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Dialysis Provider data element is accessed, the System prompts for a partial name to be entered.

Once a partial name is entered, the System displays a list of matching options and prompts for one to be selected. The options that display are defined in the Other Facility Table, ^rt("of").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Dialysis Provider data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Dialysis Provider data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 84: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

52 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 85: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 53

Chapter 16

Dialysis Type Data Element

OverviewThe Dialysis Type data element is used to create a field that defines the type of dialysis provided to the patient (that is, hemodialysis or peritoneal). This field is starred out ( ** ), making it inaccessible, until the field created from the Dialysis Type data element is defined.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Dialysis Type data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Dialysis Type data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations The Dialysis Type data element consists of the following variations:

Choose

This variation indicates to the System that the options display in the transaction line defined in the Prompt Constants field. The following fields display for the Choose variation when the Constants field is accessed:

PromptFace SheetValuesScreen

This variation indicates to the System that the options display as a selection screen. The following fields display for the Screen variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierFace SheetDisplay Text

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 86: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

54 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Dialysis Type data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for a type to be chosen or displays a list of options and prompts for one to be selected.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Prompt

Purpose Defines the transaction line that displays when this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Free-text beginning with the verb Choose.

Each choose value must be included in the prompt. For example, if the following values are defined::

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Choose hemodialysis (H) or peritoneal (P)

System Use Displays this transaction line when the data element is selected during insurance processing.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

VALUE DISPLAY TEXT MEANING

H Hemodialysis Hemodialysis

P Peritoneal Peritoneal Dialysis

Page 87: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 16 Dialysis Type Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 55

Values

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Value – Defines an allowable choice. Only one alphabetic character can be entered, and each value must have a unique letter. The System automatically capitalizes lower case letters.

Display Text – Defines the text associated with the defined value. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the value and display text.

System Use When a value is chosen from the transaction line, the System displays the defined display text for that value.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Display Text – Defines the text that displays for selection. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the display text.

(M) Move

Page 88: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

56 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a value is selected from the screen, the System displays the information defined as the display text for that value.

(M) Move – Allows the order of the display text to be changed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text (Continued)

Page 89: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 57

Chapter 17

Effective Date 1 Data Element

OverviewThe Effective Date 1 data element is used to create a field that defines the start (effective) date of the subscriber's primary insurance coverage.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Effective Date 1 data element is accessed, the System prompts for an effective date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

"t"(today) – Displays the current System date.

"t" +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Effective Date 1 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Effective Date 1 data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 90: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

58 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 91: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 17 Effective Date 1 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 59

ConstantsMessage Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days, in the past, the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all past dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days in the future that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 92: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

60 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than 02 November 1992.

Compares the entered date against the number defined in this field. When the entered date exceeds this number, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date to be entered.

No limit – The System accepts all future dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 93: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 61

Chapter 18

Effective Date 2 Data Element

OverviewThe Effective Date 2 data element is used to create a field that defines the start (effective) date of the subscriber's secondary insurance coverage.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Effective Date 2 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Effective Date 2 data element:

None

Variations The Effective Date 2 data element consists of the following variations:

Allow Copy From Effective Date 1 – This variation allows the date defined in the Effective Date 1 data element field to be copied into this data element field. The following fields display for the Allow Copy From Effective Date 1 variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierEffective Date 1Days In PastDays In FutureStandard – This variation causes the System to prompt for a date to be entered; the date defined in the Effective Date 1 data element field cannot be copied. The following fields display for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDays In PastDays In Future

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 94: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

62 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Effective Date 2 data element is accessed, the System prompts for an effective date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Page 95: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 18 Effective Date 2 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 63

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

ConstantsMessage Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Effective Date 1

Purpose Defines the text that displays as part of the message modifier.

Input Free text

Greater than 35 characters is impractical for display purposes.

Required

System Use Displays this text in place of the <effective date 1> section of the message modifier.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days in the past the System accepts for a date.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 96: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

64 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all past dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days in the future that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date later than 02 November 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all future dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past (Continued)

Page 97: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 65

Chapter 19

Effective Date 3 Data Element

OverviewThe Effective Date 3 data element is used to create a field that defines the start (effective) date of the subscriber's tertiary insurance coverage.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Effective Date 3 data element is accessed, the System prompts for an effective date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Effective Date 3 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Effective Date 3 data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 98: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

66 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 99: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 19 Effective Date 3 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 67

ConstantsMessage Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days in the past that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all past dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days in the future that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 100: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

68 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than 02 November 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all future dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 101: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 69

Chapter 20

Expiration Date Data Element

OverviewThe Expiration Date data element is used to create an insurance field that collects the expiration date of the subscriber's insurance coverage.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Expiration Date data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Expiration Date data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Expiration Date data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 102: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

70 QuadraMed Corporation

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 103: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 20 Expiration Date Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 71

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days in the past that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all past dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days in the future that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 104: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

72 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than 02 November 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all future dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 105: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 73

Chapter 21

Explanation Code Data Element

OverviewThe Explanation Code data element is used to create a field that allows an explanation code to be defined during insurance processing. Explanation codes are used in the UB-82 Billing Code System to provide standard data collection and billing practices for third party payment processing.

For example, the explanation code can provide a breakdown of the location in which a CAT Scan is given (Example: E1 – Head, E2 – Spine). The explanation code can also be used to indicate the medical necessity of an emergency room service (Example: When an emergency room service is based on medical necessity, Blue Cross requires that a certain code be used. Some of the codes are as follows: A1 – Acute illness, patient admitted; A2 – Acute illness, patient not admitted).

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Explanation Code data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Explanation Code Options and prompts for one to be selected. Explanation Code Options are defined in the Explanation Code Table, ^rt("ex").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Explanation Code data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Explanation Code data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 106: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

74 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 107: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 75

Chapter 22

Financial Class Data Element

OverviewThe Financial Class data element is used to create a field that defines the patient's financial class for a particular visit. A financial class is the category a patient is placed into based on the party responsible for reimbursing the hospital for services rendered during a visit.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Financial Class data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, can display a list of Financial Class Options and prompt for one to be selected.

The information that defaults into this data element field is a result of the financial class calculation.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Financial Class data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Financial Class data element:

None

Variations The Financial Class data element consists of the following variations:

Display Only – This variation only allows the data element to be viewed. There are no constants defined for this variation.

Standard – This variation allows the data element to be edited. The following field displays for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 108: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

76 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 109: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 77

Chapter 23

Formatted Entry 1 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 1 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 1 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 1 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 1 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.

The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum Length

Page 110: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

78 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 1 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

LengthVerification ExpressionNo Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 111: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 23 Formatted Entry 1 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 79

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to Format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid formats.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to No

Page 112: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

80 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 113: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 81

Chapter 24

Formatted Entry 2 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 2 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 2 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 2 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 2 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay Type

Page 114: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

82 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 2 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification ExpressionNo Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 115: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 24 Formatted Entry 2 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 83

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 116: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

84 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 117: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 85

Chapter 25

Formatted Entry 3 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 3 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 3 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 3 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 3 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 118: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

86 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 3 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 119: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 25 Formatted Entry 3 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 87

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 120: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

88 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 121: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 89

Chapter 26

Formatted Entry 4 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 4 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 4 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 4 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 4 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.

The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 122: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

90 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 4 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 123: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 26 Formatted Entry 4 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 91

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 124: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

92 QuadraMed Corporation

.

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 125: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 93

Chapter 27

Formatted Entry 5 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 5 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 5 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 5 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 5 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 126: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

94 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 5 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 127: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 27 Formatted Entry 5 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 95

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 128: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

96 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 129: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 97

Chapter 28

Formatted Entry 6 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 6 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 6 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 6 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 6 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 130: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

98 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 6 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 131: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 28 Formatted Entry 6 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 99

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 132: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

100 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 133: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 101

Chapter 29

Formatted Entry 7 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 7 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 7 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 7 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 7 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 134: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

102 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 7 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 135: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 29 Formatted Entry 7 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 103

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 136: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

104 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 137: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 105

Chapter 30

Formatted Entry 8 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 8 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 8 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 8 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 8 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 138: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

106 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 8 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 139: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 30 Formatted Entry 8 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 107

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 140: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

108 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 141: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 109

Chapter 31

Formatted Entry 9 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 9 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 9 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 9 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 9 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 142: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

110 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 9 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 143: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 31 Formatted Entry 9 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 111

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 144: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

112 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 145: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 113

Chapter 32

Formatted Entry 10 Data Element

OverviewThe Formatted Entry 10 data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: A passport number, district number, or grant number). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and punctuation.

Data Element Attributes

Although this data element is still supported, the Generic Formatted Entry data element should be used instead of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Formatted Entry 10 data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Formatted Entry 10 data element:

None

Variations The Formatted Entry 10 data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 146: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

114 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Formatted Entry 10 data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 147: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 32 Formatted Entry 10 Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 115

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid formats.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 148: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

116 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 149: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 117

Chapter 33

Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name Data Element

OverviewThe Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name data element is used to create an insurance field that allows a free-text insurance/payor name to be entered. This data element field is used for those occasions when admitting/registration needs to add an insurance to the patient's record and the insurance name is not defined in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip").

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name data element is accessed, the System prompts for a name to be entered. The name is entered as free-text.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Free-Text Insurance/Payor Name data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 150: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

118 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 151: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 119

Chapter 34

Generic Choose Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Choose data element is used to create a field whose data must be internally coded. Choose data elements present the user with a defined set of options that are embedded within the transaction line. Each option is associated with an alphabetic character. The alphabetic character is entered to choose the associated option. This data element can also be used to create a field that accepts a yes/no answer. The Generic Choose data element is to be used only when the other non-generic data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Choose data element is accessed, the QuadraMed CPR System displays the transaction line defined in the Prompt Constants field and prompts the user to choose an option.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Choose data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Choose data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 152: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

120 QuadraMed Corporation

The entry of the alphabetic character associated with the desired option causes the option to be recorded. The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Prompt

Purpose Defines the transaction line that displays when this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Free-text beginning with the verb Choose

Each choose value must be included in the prompt. For example, if the following choose values are defined:

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Choose alpha(A) or beta(B)

Alternatively, when the choose values are defined for a Yes/No field:

VALUE INTERNAL DISPLAY TEXT

A 1 alpha

B 2 beta

VALUE INTERNAL DISPLAY TEXT

N 0 no

Y 1 yes

Page 153: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 34 Generic Choose Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 121

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Patient located? no

The no default occurred because the n value is defined as 0.

Required

System Use Displays this transaction line when the data element is selected during insurance processing.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Choose Values

Purpose Defines the character value accepted as input.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a value, the System prompts for the following:

Value

Alphabetic character

Each alphabetic character must be unique

Internal value

Integer

Each internal value must be unique

Display text

Free-text

Required

System Use Value – Determines the alphabetic character used to define an allowable option. The user can enter the selection letter as either upper or lower case. The System upshifts all lower case entries.

Internal value – Determines the value associated with the option being defined. When the internal value for an option is defined as 0, the System displays that option as the default value. Typically, in Yes/No fields, the no response is defined as the default value.

Display text – Determines the text associated with the choose value that displays in the transaction line and in the field created from this data element.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Prompt (Continued)

Page 154: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

122 QuadraMed Corporation

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines the storage location where the choose data is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Page 155: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 123

Chapter 35

Generic Date/Time Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Date/Time data element is used to create a field that allows the entry of a date and/or time during insurance processing. This data element is to be used only when the other non-generic date/time data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Date/Time data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Date/Time data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations The Generic Date/Time data element consists of the following variations:

Date – This variation only accepts entry of a date. The System does not allow a time to be entered. The following fields display for the Date variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierAllow Approximate?Storage ReferenceDate/Time – This variation accepts the entry of a date and time. The following fields display for the Date/Time variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierAllow Approximate?Storage Reference

Page 156: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

124 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Date/Time data element is accessed, the QuadraMed CPR System, depending on the variation selected, prompts for either a date and/or a time to be entered. The System allows the date to be entered in the following formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- (offset) – Displays the current System date plus/minus a valid offset. QuadraMed CPR accepts the following offsets:

number(n) – Indicates the offset is a number of days (Example: t-1 is yesterday, based on the current System date).

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks (Example: t-3w is 3 weeks ago).

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months (Example: If today is 9 August 92, then t-3m is 9 May 1992).

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years (Example: If today is 9 August 93, then t-2y is 9 August 1991).

The format in which the System accepts dates is determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. The date parsing options, along with their defined formats, are as follows:

U.S.A.

Month-Day-Year in one of the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

Month-Year in one of the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

Time – This variation only allows entry of a time. The System does not allow a date to be entered. The following fields display for the Time variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierAllow Approximate?Storage Reference

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 157: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 35 Generic Date/Time Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 125

mmm yyyy

Year as yyyy

When approximate dates are allowed, any of the U.S.A. formats can be prefixed by a tilde (~) to indicate an approximate date. For example, ~June 1991.

When a month is defined with a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters (Example: Dec). When the month is defined with a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric (Example:12).

Canada – Canadian parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than as a month.

International – Currently not used.

QuadraMed CPR allows a date and time to be entered in the following formats:

n (now) – Current System date and time.

t (today) – Current System date. A t can be entered followed by a time (Example: t 0700 is today at 0700).

Date and time – All the previously identified date formats are acceptable with the following time formats:

As a 24-hour time (Example: 1300 for 1 pm)

As hh:mm am/pm (Example: 11:15 pm)

n - (offset) – Current System date minus an allowed offset. QuadraMed CPR accepts the following offsets:

number (n) – Indicates the offset is a number of minutes (Example: n-30 is 30 minutes ago).

nh – Indicates the offset is a number of hours (Example: n-2h is 2 hours ago).

The System evaluates each entered time for the proper format. When an unrecognized format is entered, the System displays an error message.

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

Page 158: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

126 QuadraMed Corporation

The field created from this data element has information defined. The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Allow Approximate?

Purpose Defines whether the System allows an approximate date/time to be entered.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Indicates an approximate date/time can be entered, prefixed by a tilde (~).

No – Indicates the System does not recognize an approximate date/time.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

Page 159: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 35 Generic Date/Time Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 127

System Use Determines where the date/time entered into this data element field is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference (Continued)

Page 160: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

128 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 161: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 129

Chapter 36

Generic Employee Name Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Employee Name data element is used to create a field that allows an employee to be defined. This data element is to be used only when the other non-generic data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Employee Name data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Employee Name data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations The Generic Employee Name data element consists of the following variations:

Multiple Employees – This variation allows more than one employee to be selected during insurance processing. The number of employees that display is limited to the number of lines specified in the Data Element Definition Screen, # Lines field. The following fields display for the Multiple Employees variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierEmployee Type(s)Display TypeStorage ReferenceSingle Employee – This variation allows only one employee to be selected during insurance processing. The following fields display for the Single Employee variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierEmployee Type(s)Display TypeStorage Reference

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 162: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

130 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Employee Name data element is accessed, the System prompts for an employee ID to be entered. The EXPD key can be pressed to select the employee by department, specialty, type, group, or ID type. Only those employees with the same employee type as defined in the Employee Type(s) Constants field of this data element display for selection.

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 163: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 36 Generic Employee Name Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 131

Employee Type(s)

Purpose Defines the type of employee or employees that displays for selection when this data element is selected.

Input Facility-specific

Add/Delete Editor

Multiple selection

Links from the Employee Type Table, ^aet("et")

System Use Determines the type of employee that displays for selection when this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

When not defined, all employees types can be selected.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Type

Purpose Defines the information that displays for the identified employee.

Input Single selection from the following hard-coded options:

Name/title

Name/title,specialty,admitting privileges

Number,name/title,job title,department

Name/title,department/section

Name/title,group,specialty,beeper

Required

System Use Determines the information that displays for the identified employee.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

Page 164: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

132 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Determines where the employee name(s) defined in this data element field is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference (Continued)

Page 165: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 133

Chapter 37

Generic Formatted Entry Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Formatted Entry data element is used to create a field for collecting data that must be entered in a specific format (Example: passport number, district number, grant number, and so on). The format can be a specific sequence of alpha characters, numbers, and/or punctuation. This data element is to be used only when the other non-generic data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element Attributes

Although, the Formatted Entry (1-10) data elements are still supported, this data element should be used instead of the Formatted Entry (1-10) data elements.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Formatted Entry data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Formatted Entry data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations The Generic Formatted Entry data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an expand icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.

The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum Length

Page 166: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

134 QuadraMed Corporation

LengthCheck Digit TypeVerification ExpressionStorage ReferenceExpand Add/Delete – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an expand icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Multiple entries are allowed per data element field.

The following fields can display for the Expand Add/Delete variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthCheck Digit TypeVerification ExpressionStorage ReferenceNo Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.

The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthCheck Digit TypeVerification ExpressionStorage ReferenceNo Expand Add/Delete – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Multiple entries are allowed.

The following fields can display for the No Expand Add/Delete variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthCheck Digit TypeVerification ExpressionStorage Reference

Page 167: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 37 Generic Formatted Entry Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 135

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Formatted Entry data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 168: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

136 QuadraMed Corporation

Display Type

Purpose Defines how information is to be entered into the data element field.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed or the XP key is pressed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of free-text characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following characters must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry displays.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Page 169: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 37 Generic Formatted Entry Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 137

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Check Digit Type

Purpose Defines the algorithm that determines the check digit. Check digits are redundant digits added to an input value for error detection.

Input (T) Mod 10

(E) Mod 11

(N) No check digit

Defaults to no

System Use (T) Mod 10 – Indicates a Modulus 10 check digit method is used to determine whether the number was entered into the System accurately.

(E) Mod 11 – Indicates a Modulus 11 check digit method is used to determine whether the number was entered into the System accurately.

(N) No check digit – Indicates no check is to be performed on input to the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length (Continued)

Page 170: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

138 QuadraMed Corporation

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

For a complete description of calculations/expressions, see Chapter 5, Calculations/Expressions in the Introduction to CPR Tables.

Data values (Example: 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where the formatted data defined in this data element field is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Page 171: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 139

Chapter 38

Generic Free-Text Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Free-Text data element is used to create a field that collects comments and/or other unformatted data. The information can be entered using any alphabetic, numeric, or punctuation characters. This data element is to be used only when the other non-generic data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Free-Text data element is accessed, the System prompts for free-text entry of data. The System accepts up to 1023 characters of data.

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Free-Text data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Free-Text data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 172: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

140 QuadraMed Corporation

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 173: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 38 Generic Free-Text Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 141

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where the free-text information defined in this data element field is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Page 174: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

142 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 175: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 143

Chapter 39

Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen data element is used to collect data from a selection screen. This data element type should be used only when a small number of options (that is, 2-6) are defined for selection and the selected option needs to be coded for use elsewhere in the System (Example: A calculation). This data element is to be used only when the other non-generic data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen data element is accessed, the QuadraMed CPR System displays a list of options. These options are defined in the Hard-Coded Values Constants field of this data element. The System prompts for an option to be selected.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 176: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

144 QuadraMed Corporation

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsMessage Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Hard-Coded Values

Purpose Defines the list of options to be selected for data entry.

Input Insert/Delete Editor

When inserting an option, the following information must be defined:

Internal value

IntegerDisplay text

Free-text

Required

Page 177: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 39 Generic Hard-Coded Select Screen Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 145

System Use Internal value – Uses this value for various inclusion and billing calculations.

Display text – Determines the text that displays in the field created from this data element when the option is selected.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where the option selected from the hard-coded selection screen is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Hard-Coded Values (Continued)

Page 178: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

146 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 179: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 147

Chapter 40

Generic Multimedia Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Multimedia data element is used to create a field that allows non-textual data (that is, multimedia objects) to be integrated into the QuadraMed CPR computer-based patient record. Care providers can acquire (capture), render (view), and edit (add, delete, and annotate) multimedia data when accessing the field created from this data element.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Generic Multimedia data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO the Generic Multimedia data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt(“gi”)Multimedia Object Catalogue Table, ^mmt(“oc”)Multimedia Rubber Stamp Table, ^mmt(“rs”)Multimedia Server Type Table, ^mmt(“st”)Multimedia Type Table, ^mmt(“t”)

Links FROM the Hierarchical Filing Structure (HFS)

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt(“ipp”), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Page 180: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

148 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionWhen the field created from this data element is accessed, the System enables one of the following processes to occur:

The Media Manager Client (that is, a computerized digital data capture, rendering and editing application), can be initiated to process multimedia data.

The Image Manager (Server-based) application (that is, a computerized digital data capture, rendering and annotation system) can be initiated to process multimedia data.

A third-party image management client can be initiated to process multimedia data.

In addition to the above configuration, the following additional requirements must be met to process multimedia data from the Media Manager client application in QuadraMed CPR as shown below:

The workstation must have OMCjE (OpenMEd Capture javaExpress)™ 4.1.2 or greater installed. This is required to acquire, edit, or view multimedia objects.

An imaging server running OMM (OpenMed Manager) ™ 3.1.15 or greater for storing and managing multimedia objects

A TWAIN compatible image acquisition device (that is, scanner - with or without a document feeder; digital camera; web camera), should be attached to the local computer in order to capture images.

For the Audio multimedia type: a recording application and appropriate hardware are needed for audio acquisition and storage [as an .mp3 or as a .wav file type] to a directory accessible to the workstation. For playback, a sound card/speaker/ application is necessary.

This requires customization of the image server interface.

The following requirements must be met to enable users to process multimedia data:The customer must have version 3.0 or greater of QuadraMed CPR Ultiview Desktop (for the Image Manager and HTML Manager applications) or version 4.1 or greater of the Clinical Desktop (for the Media Manager Client application) implemented. This is required to access the Multimedia data element and to launch the imaging client.The Device Table, ^ad, Allow Multimedia Edits? field must be defined as yes for the terminal accessing this data element field. This is required in order to cause the field to be selectable for editing, acquiring, or rendering multimedia objects.

The Media Manager functionality is not available in the Ultiview desktop.

Page 181: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 149

For the Video multimedia type: a recording application and appropriate hardware are needed for video acquisition and storage [as an .mpg or as an .avi file type] to a directory accessible to the workstation. For playback, a sound card/speaker/application is necessary for video files with sound.

For the Digital Medical Imaging type: a Digitizer Scanner (high resolution scanner) (DICOM-Compliant) for acquiring clinical images from film.

Once the field created from this data element is accessed, the System display depends on how the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Type subfield is defined.

When the Multimedia Type subfield is defined as Scanned/Photographic Imaging, Audio, Digital Medical Imaging, or Video, one of the following can occur:

The Capture/Edit Client can be initiated, and the Client Application Screen can open without an object displayed, when the following conditions are met:

A customer must be licensed to use specific multimedia types in the Media Manager application: Scanned/Photographic Imaging, Audio, Video, Digital Medical Imaging.

The audio, digital medical imaging and video multimedia types apply only to the Media Manager client application.

Page 182: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

150 QuadraMed Corporation

No multimedia object is defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Catalogue Object(s) subfield of this data element.

No multimedia data has been documented (that is, this is a new capture).

The System accesses a server that has been defined to store the multimedia object defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Catalogue Object(s) subfield of this data element. Servers are defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Server Type(s) subfield of this data element.

The Client Application Screen can be launched in the following modes:

Capture/Edit – Displays during image acquisition or editing (for example, insurance processing).

Render (Display)/Review – Displays during patient or event review. Displays multimedia objects when the field created from this data element is accessed to review multimedia insurance processing data (that is, scanned picture of insurance card).

In QuadraMed CPR Registration/Insurance Processing, the Scanned/Photographic Imaging multimedia type is useful for patient photography for identification, document imaging (for example, scanning consent forms, insurance cards, and so on). The Audio, Video, or Digital Medical Imaging multimedia file types are useful in order, result, and assessment processing. They can only be acquired through file importing and rendered (displayed) in the data element field and cannot be annotated.

Capture/Edit ModeIn Capture/Edit Mode, multimedia data can be captured, edited, and images can be annotated. In addition, annotation can be disabled at the field level.

When no image is defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Catalogue Object(s) subfield, the client application is launched without a pre-defined image (that is, a blank screen). The client allows a user to add a new image during insurance processing by importing or by acquisition using a TWAIN compliant device.

When the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Allow Annotation? subfield of this data element is defined as yes, the Capture/Edit Client allows the user to annotate the scanned/photographic image (that is, mark an image with predefined text, symbols: rubber stamps, or by using other annotation tools to specify an area of interest to the care provider). Rubber stamps are defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Rubber Stamp(s) subfield.

The Image Manager application allows an initial annotation tool to display as a pre-selected icon on the Annotation toolbar when the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Initial Annotation Tool subfield is defined with an annotation tool option. The user has the option to do one of the following:

Capture and annotate

Page 183: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 151

Capture and not annotate

Not capture and not annotate

Not capture and annotate

After capturing or annotating an image, the image is saved to the server defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Server Type(s) subfield of this data element.

Field Display FormatThis data element can be defined to display a thumbnail (that is, miniature) view of the selected image on the order profile for the Scanned/Photographic Imaging multimedia type only, or to display descriptive text in the data element field for all other multimedia types. When the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Display Format subfield is defined as thumbnail, the image defined in the field created from the Multimedia data element displays as a miniature image in the data element field.

A thumbnail can be defined only when the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Type subfield is defined with a Scanned/Photographic Imaging multimedia type. The user must be aware that the Data Element Definition Screen of this data element, #Lines field determines the maximum height of the thumbnail image on the profile. The System will always display a thumbnail in correct aspect ratio within the available space.

Printing Images Using Chart Review Print RoutineImages collected by accessing the Media Manager client application in the field created from this data element and associated with a documented event can be printed using the Chart Print routine. The Chart Review Print routine can search for and print data contained in every Multimedia data element, in order. It is necessary to print images for purposes of sharing medical information between providers and other caregivers, as well as in response to request from legal authorities. The Chart Review Print routine can be accessed in the Chart Review menu function by clicking the Print button and pressing the F12 key from an event review screen. The System provides the following print characteristics:

All images from a particular object/event can be excluded. Each item stored in a data element is commonly referred to as an object. Each object can contain multiple images/files. This is based on the definition of the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Suppress Printing? subfield of this data element. When the Suppress Printing? subfield is defined as yes, images collected in this data element field and associated with a documented event are excluded from printing using the Chart Review Print routine. When the Suppress Printing? subfield is defined as no, all images collected in this Multimedia data element field and associated with a documented event are always printed using the Chart Review Print routine.

The printed page displays the data element field number with the words image defined to denote an image is expected to print immediately after the results print.

The System prints the image in order of occurrence, most recent to oldest.

Page 184: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

152 QuadraMed Corporation

The System prints the image with a header/footer containing the chart print event information.

The System can define the size of the image that displays based on the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Image Print Size subfield.

The print queue to which images are routed for printing is defined in the Area Table, ^afa, MM Print Queue field.

Printing Images Using the HTML Printer Server and HTML ReportsUsers can print images captured and stored using the Media Manager client application using the following:

The QuadraMed CPR HTML PrinterServer. The HTML PrinterServer provides the ability for CPR to print HTML reports to printers using an automated process, without requiring user intervention.

A Report Formatter Data Dictionary Table, ^arfd, HTML screen driver report. This report allows images to be printed as follows:

Print all of the images for a patient visit or one/multiple specific patient event

Print all of the images for a patient or one/multiple specific patient event

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the storage location associated with the generic data element.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where the System files the generic data element. All data elements, except the generic data elements, have a pre-defined storage location. Generic data elements are user defined/created. When a new data element is created, a storage location must be defined.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 185: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 153

Multimedia Definition

Purpose Defines the parameters that collect the information necessary for multimedia objects to be captured, edited, or rendered in this data element field. In addition, these parameters can allow a customer to define data strings that cause the multimedia client to be configured on-the-fly and override the default settings.

A healthcare facility can pass non-object data (that is, employee ID, and so on) to a third-party imaging client, if necessary, through this multimedia definition (this is not supported in the Media Manager application).

Finally, these parameters define whether printing of images collected using the Media Manager client application and documented in the field created from this data element can be printed using the Chart Review Print routine.

Input Displays the following subfields for definition:

Multimedia Type Suppress Printing?Image Print Size

System Use Allows a multimedia object (for example, image) to be captured, annotated (annotations for scanned/photographic images only), or rendered during insurance processing.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Multimedia Type

Purpose Defines the multimedia object type associated with this data element.

Input Single selection

Links from the Multimedia Type Table, ^mmt(“t”)For the Client-based Media Manager application, the following multimedia types are available for the generic insurance/payor multimedia data element:

Audio

Digital Medical Imaging

Scanned/Photographic Imaging

VideoFor the Server-based Image Manager application, the Scanned/Photographic Imaging multimedia type is available for the generic insurance/payor multimedia data element.

NOTE: Multimedia types for which the customer has no license are unavailable for selection in this subfield.

Page 186: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

154 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Determines the type of multimedia object is being acquired/rendered

Determines the menus and toolbars that display in the client application

When this subfield is defined as Audio, causes the following additional subfields to display for definition:

Multimedia Server Type(s)Display FormatAdditional Object Data StringAdditional Generated Data String

When this subfield is defined as Digital Medical Imaging, causes the following additional subfields to display for definition:

Multimedia Server Type(s)Display FormatAdditional Object Data StringAdditional Generated Data String

When this Constants field is defined as Scanned/Photographic Imaging, causes the following additional subfields to display for definition:

Multimedia Server Type(s)Multimedia Catalogue Object(s)Display FormatAllow Annotation?Additional Object Data StringAdditional Generated Data String?

When this subfield is defined as Video, causes the following additional subfields to display for definition:

Multimedia Server Type(s)Display FormatAdditional Object Data StringAdditional Generated Data String

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Multimedia Server Type(s)

Purpose Defines the server type (that is, groups of servers) that store documented multimedia objects. Multiple servers can be defined in order to balance the load when a large number of multimedia objects are stored for a facility. The order of servers in a server type group can be changed, or the order of the server types linked to a data element can be changed to provide load balancing among the available object servers in an enterprise.

Multimedia Type (Continued)

Page 187: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 155

For example, different departments may want to have their own server, (for example, Registration: to store patient identification images-patient photographs, images of patient insurance cards; Nursing: to store images related to patient care; Cardio-pulmonary: to store EKGs, and so on).

This subfield displays only when the Multimedia Type subfield of this data element is defined as Audio, Digital Medical Imaging, Scanned/Photographic Imaging, Video.

Client-Based Media Manager application

For the current client level-based Media Manager application implementation, multiple servers are not supported for a single data element.

Server-Based Image Manager application

Server-based implementations are expected to support multiple servers for a single data element.

Input Insert/Delete Editor

Single selection

Links from the Multimedia Server Type Table, ^mmt(“st”)

System Use Stores the object on a specific server based on the following order:

First Server Type (for example, Clinical Image Server)

First Server

Second Server

Third Server

Second Server Type (for example, Medical Image Server)

First Server

Second Server

Third Server

For example, a facility has two server types, Clinical Image Server and Medical Image Server. The System looks first to store the image on the first server type defined Clinical Image Server, and stores the image on the first server.

If the first server is unavailable, the System stores the image on the second server, and so on. If all the servers fail on the Clinical Image Server type, the System goes to the second server type defined, Medical Image Server, and continues searching the servers until it locates one that is available to store the image (that is, first server, second server, and so on).

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Multimedia Server Type(s) (Continued)

Page 188: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

156 QuadraMed Corporation

Multimedia Catalogue Object(s)

Purpose Defines the multimedia catalogue object that can default into the client application for editing when this data element field is accessed.

One or more multimedia catalogue objects (that is, Scanned/Photographic Image) can be defaulted into a list of predefined objects (that is, images) that can be selected from within the client application.

Multiple pages can be defined for one image during the same documentation episode. This subfield displays only when the Multimedia Type subfield of this data element is defined as Scanned/Photographic Imaging.

Input Insert/Delete Editor

Single selection

Links from the Multimedia Object Catalogue Table, ^mmt(“oc”)NOTE: In order for the object to render properly, the objects defined in this subfield must be of the same type (for example, Scanned/ Photographic Imaging) as defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Type subfield.

System Use Can display for the multimedia catalogue object defined in this field for editing or viewing when accessing the field created from this data element during insurance processing

When more than one object is defined, and the client application is in Capture/Edit Mode, the client defaults the object defined first when this data element field is accessed.

In the Image Manager, additional objects can be inserted or other predefined images/pages can be selected using the Image or Page drop-down menu of the Capture/Edit Client.

In the Media Manager, it is recommended to limit the number of catalog objects on one Multimedia data element.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format

Purpose Defines the way in which multimedia insurance data displays on the insurance screen.

Input Single selection from the following hard-coded options:

Text

Free-text

Greater than 15 characters is impractical for display purposes

Thumbnail

Defaults to text: definedNOTE: The following multimedia types do not have the option to display as a thumbnail:

AudioDigital Medical ImagingVideo

Page 189: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 157

NOTE: The number of lines defined in the Data Element Definition Screen, #Lines field of this data element determines the available height for display of a thumbnail on the insurance screen. The thumbnail is inserted, in correct aspect ratio, into the available space.

System Use Text – Determines the text that displays in the field created from this data element.

Thumbnail – Displays the thumbnail (that is, miniature image of the multimedia catalogue object) in the field created from this data element.

NOTE: When defining the insurance data to display as a thumbnail image, the user should be aware that a thumbnail display requires access to the object server to display the image. If the server or network is busy, delays or other display issues can be encountered.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Allow Annotation?

Purpose Defines whether annotation is available during insurance processing for the object type defined in the Multimedia Definition Constants field, Multimedia Type subfield. Images can be annotated while preserving the underlying, original data. This subfield displays only when the Multimedia Type subfield is defined as Scanned/Photographic Imaging.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Causes the following annotation functionality to be available in the client application:

Displays the Annotation menu options and Annotation Toolbar for the Image Manager

Displays the Display Annotation Toolbar icon and Annotation Toolbar for the Media Manager

Defining this field as yes causes the following additional subfields to display for definition:

Initial Annotation ToolMultimedia Rubber Stamp(s)

No – Does not allow an object to be annotated within the Capture/Edit Client.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Initial Annotation Tool

Purpose Defines the annotation tool that is pre-selected when the Image Manager client application is launched. This field displays only when the Allow Annotation? subfield of this data element is defined as yes.

Input Single selection from the following hard-coded options:

None

Display Format (Continued)

Page 190: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

158 QuadraMed Corporation

Select annotation (pointer)

Freehand line (pen)

Highlighter

Straight line

Hollow rectangle

Filled rectangle

Text

Attach-a-note

Rubber stamp

Defaults to none

System Use Displays this annotation tool on the Annotation toolbar in the Image Manager Capture/Edit Client, as a pre-selected icon.

Displays this annotation tool on the Annotation toolbar in the Media Manager Capture/Edit Client.

NOTE: In the Media Manager client application, the initial annotation tool defined in this subfield does not display as a pre-selected icon.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Multimedia Rubber Stamp(s)

Purpose Defines the rubber stamp (that is, predefined text or symbols) that is available when the Capture/Edit client application is initiated. A rubber stamp (that is, patient identification number, date/time stamp, arrow, dot, and so on) can be placed on an image as an annotation. This field displays only when the Allow Annotation? subfield of this data element is defined as yes.

Input Insert/Delete Editor

Single selection

Links from the Multimedia Rubber Stamp Table, ^mmt(“rs”)

System Use Displays the defined rubber stamp definition for selection when the Annotation toolbar, Rubber Stamp icon is accessed from the Capture/Edit client application.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Initial Annotation Tool (Continued)

Page 191: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 159

Additional Object Data String

Purpose Image Manager Server-based application – Defines a user-defined data string that enables the System to configure the way an image within a third-party client application or an image server is handled.

Media Manager Client-based application – This subfield can define scanning operation control for the QuadraMed CPR Media Manager client application that overrides the definition of the Media Manager, File menu, Preferences menu point, TWAIN tab.

Input Free-text

NOTE: The exact format required for the values entered into this field is determined by QuadraMed.

Image Manager Server-based application – The functionality that can be achieved with this field is determined by the application-programming interface that is available for the specific image server or third-party client application.

Depending on the image server software at a given installation of the Image Manager or the Media Manager, this field may not be used at all. This field should be left blank, unless specified by QuadraMed.

Media Manager Client-based application – The scanning operation of the Media Manager client application is controlled by TWAIN settings.

The string defined in this subfield can be used by QuadraMed CPR to pass TWAIN settings to the new Media Manager client application.

The m_extradata string for the Media Manager client application takes the form: <parameter_name>=<value> and uses the ^ character to delimit the pairs.

The string can be prepared as in the following sample:

Image_byte_type=GRAY (8bit)

^x_resolution=120

^y_resolution=120

^select_TWAIN_source=true

^show_device_ui=false

System Use Image Manager Server-based application – Provides a means to pass parameters to an image server or a third-party image client. These parameters enable the System to configure the way an image within a third-party client application or an image server is handled.

Media Manager Client-based application – This subfield can override the following Preferences defined in the Media Manager client application, File menu, Preference menu point:

Image byte type

Default resolutions (that is, horizontal and vertical resolution (dpi))

Page 192: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

160 QuadraMed Corporation

TWAIN source (that is, the image acquisition device used if the Media Manager client application is not used for image acquisition)

Whether or not the image acquisition device’s user interface displays for configuration to the user

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Additional Generated Data String

Purpose Defines the means for a healthcare facility to pass non-object data (that is, employee ID, and so on) to a third-party imaging client, if necessary. This subfield displays only when the Multimedia Type Constants field of this data element is defined as Scanned/Photographic Imaging. This subfield is not supported by the Media Manager application.

Input Report Definition

This subfield should be defined with a report using the Report Formatter Hook Table, ^arfh, MM Additional Data hook

Links from the Hierarchical Filing Structure (HFS)NOTE: The functionality that can be achieved with this field is determined by the application-programming interface that is available for the specific image server or third-party client application. Depending on the image server software at a given installation of the Image Manager or Media Manager, this field may not be used at all. This field should be left blank, unless specified by QuadraMed.

System Use Provides a way for data not related to a multimedia object to be passed to the object server in a facility. For example, a facility can require data regarding the current user to be captured.

Information such as employee ID, facility ID, Visit ID, and event ID can be passed through the Report Formatter Hook Table, ^arfh, MM Additional Data hook to a report through the use of this subfield. The data in the report is returned in similar name=value pairs and is concatenated onto the Additional Object Data string defined in the Additional Object Data String subfield and then passed to the third-party client or server.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Suppress Printing?

Purpose Defines whether an image collected in the field created from this data element and associated with a documented event is printed from the Chart Review Print routine.

NOTE: This subfield is used only in conjunction with the Media Manager client application. This functionality is not available in the Image Manager server-based application.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Additional Object Data String (Continued)

Page 193: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 40 Generic Multimedia Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 161

ExpressionsThe following fields display when the Expressions field is accessed:

System Use Yes – Indicates image collected in the field created from this data element and associated with a documented event are excluded from printing in the Chart Review Print routine.

No – Indicates all image collected in the field created from this data element and associated with a documented event are always printed in the Chart Review Print routine.

NOTE: This does not affect Report Formatter Dictionary Table, ^arfd, screen driver reports and screen prints.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Image Print Size

Purpose Defines the size of the image that prints from the Chart Review Print routine.

NOTE: This subfield is used only in conjunction with the Media Manager client application. This functionality is not available in the Image Manager server-based application.

Input Integer representing percentage (1-100% Limit) (Defaults to 100%)

System Use Displays the image on the page according to the size defined in this subfield.

NOTE: The image should be defined to allow room for the header (event information) to display.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Edit Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be edited by the user. This security check is in addition to any hard-coded checks in the data element.

Display Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be accessed on the screen driver on the user side. This security check is in addition to any hard-coded display checks in the data element.

Allowed Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether data can be entered into the data element field, and whether previously defined data is cleared when data cannot be entered. When allowed security fails, the field cannot be accessed and the System clears any data defined in the field.

Required Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field is required. This status is in addition to any hard-coded checks in the data element.

Suppress Printing? (Continued)

Page 194: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

162 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 195: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 163

Chapter 41

Generic Name Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Name data element is used to create a field that allows a name to be entered during insurance processing. This data element is to be used only when the other data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Name data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Name data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations The Generic Name data element consists of the following variations:

Name Without Suffix – This variation does not display the Family Suffix Options during data entry. The following fields display for the Name Without Suffix variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierLengthStorage ReferenceStandard – This variation displays the list of Family Suffix Options when the Generic Name is being defined. The following fields display for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierLengthStorage Reference

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 196: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

164 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Name data element is accessed, the System prompts for a name to be entered. The name must be entered in the standard name format (that is, Last, First M). Depending on the variation selected, after the name is entered, the System can display a list of Family Suffix Options and prompt for one to be selected. Family Suffix Options are defined in the Family Suffix Table, ^rt("fs").

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 197: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 41 Generic Name Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 165

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where the name defined in this data element field is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Page 198: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

166 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 199: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 167

Chapter 42

Generic Other Facility Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Other Facility data element is used to create a field that allows an other facility to be defined during insurance processing. This data element is to be used only when the other data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Generic Other Facility data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO the Generic Other Facility data element:

Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt("ipp"), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations The Generic Other Facility data element consists of the following variations:

Address – This variation displays the name, address, and telephone number of the other facility in the data element field, provided the information is defined in the Other Facility Table, ^rt("of"), and the data element field is defined with enough lines to display this information. When a free-text generic other facility is entered, this variation prompts for a telephone number to be entered or to choose none and then for an address to be defined.

The following fields display for the Address variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierStorage Reference

Page 200: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

168 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Other Facility data element is accessed, the System, depending on how the Use Partial Name Match? Constants field of this data element is defined, can prompt for a partial name to be entered or automatically display the list of Other Facility Options. An other facility can be selected or entered as free-text. Other Facility Options are defined in the Other Facility Table, ^rt("of").

When a free-text generic other facility is entered, the System, depending on the variation selected, can prompt to enter a telephone number, or to choose none. The System accepts standard telephone formats. Once a telephone number is entered, or the none option is chosen, the System displays an Address Collection Screen. The screen that displays is defined in the Address Collection Screen Constants field of this data element.

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

Address Collection ScreenUse Partial Name Match?No Address – This variation displays only the other facility name. The following fields display for the No Address variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierStorage ReferenceUse Partial Name Match?

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 201: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 42 Generic Other Facility Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 169

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Stores the other facility defined in this data element field in the specified location.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Address Collection Screen

Purpose Defines the Address Collection Screen that displays to collect the address on the user's side when a free-text other facility is being defined.

This field displays for definition only when the Address variation is defined.

Input Single selection

Links from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")

Page 202: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

170 QuadraMed Corporation

ExpressionsThe following fields display when the Expressions field is accessed:

System Use Displays this Address Collection Screen when a free-text other facility is being defined.

The Address Collection Screen displays for definition after the telephone number of the free-text other facility is defined.

When a screen is not defined in this field, the System displays the screen defined in the System Parameter Table, ^%z, Reg/ADT System Parameters subfile, Facility-specific level, Miscellaneous Data Screen, Address Collection Driver field.

For a complete description of address screens, see Chapter 1, Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad") in the Address Collection Driver Table Reference.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Use Partial Name Match?

Purpose Defines whether a partial name match is allowed when defining the other facility.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Indicates the System prompts for a partial name to be entered when this data element field is selected during insurance processing.

No – Indicates a partial name is not accepted as input when defining the other facility.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Default Expr Defines an expression that determines a predefined value entered into the data element field.

Edit Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be edited by the user.

Display Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be accessed on the screen driver on the user's side. When display security fails, the selection number and data for the field are starred out.

Address Collection Screen (Continued)

Page 203: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 42 Generic Other Facility Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 171

Allowed Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether data can be entered into the data element field. When allowed security fails, the field cannot be accessed and the System clears any defined data in the field.

Required Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field is required.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Page 204: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

172 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 205: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 173

Chapter 43

Generic Selection Screen/Tree Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Selection Screen/Tree data element is used to create a field that accesses a specific selection screen/tree. Selection screens/trees are defined in the Selection Screen/Tree Table, ^nts. This data element is to be used only when the other data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Selection Screen/Tree data element is accessed, the System displays the selection screen or tree defined in the Screen Type/Name Constants field and prompts for an option to be selected.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Selection Screen/Tree data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Selection Screen/Tree data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")Selection Screen/Tree Table, ^nts

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 206: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

174 QuadraMed Corporation

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Screen Type/Name

Purpose Defines whether the list that displays for selection is a screen or tree, and links a selection screen/tree to this data element.

Input (S) Select screen

(T) Tree

Page 207: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 43 Generic Selection Screen/Tree Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 175

Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Selection Screen/Tree Table, ^nts, Result Entry/Assessment subfile

Required

System Use (S) Select screen – Displays the defined selection screen when this data element field is selected.

(T) Tree – Displays the defined selection tree when the data element field is selected.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Window Preference

Purpose Defines the amount of screen space allotted to display the selected list.

Input Integer

(E) Entire screen

Defaults to entire screen

System Use Clears the number of lines specified to display the defined list. Lines are counted from the first line above the screen bottom.

The space cleared for displaying the list is the space allotted for the message screen itself. The window size should be large enough to display a significant portion of the list, but small enough to minimize the amount of the message screen cleared to display the list.

(E) Entire screen – Clears the entire screen.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Multi-Select?

Purpose Defines whether multiple list items can be selected.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

Screen Type/Name (Continued)

Page 208: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

176 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Yes – Indicates that multiple items, separated by commas, can be selected. When free-text is enabled, the System accepts multiple free-text entries. By convention, when multiple selection is allowed, the descriptor on the transaction line should be suffixed with (s). Free-text is enabled in the Allow Free-Text? Constants field.

No – Indicates only one item can be selected or one free-text entry can be entered.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Allow Free-Text?

Purpose Defines whether free-text is allowed in addition to, or in place of, a selection from the list.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Indicates free-text is allowed in addition to, or in place of, a selection from the list. By convention, when free-text is enable, the message modifier should be suffixed with the phrase or Enter free-text.

No – Indicates a free-text entry is not allowed. The System displays an invalid format error when free-text data is entered.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where an option selected from the selection screen/tree data is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Multi-Select? (Continued)

Page 209: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 177

Chapter 44

Generic Table Selection Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Table Selection data element is used to support data entry during insurance processing by the selection of one or more items from a generic table. Generic tables are defined in the Generic Table Table, ^ntt. This data element is to be used only when the other data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Table Selection data element is accessed, the System displays a list of options. The options that display are defined for the selection table defined in the Selection Table Constants field of this data element and linked to the group defined in the Selection Group Constants field of this data element.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Generic Table Selection data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO the Generic Table Selection data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")Generic Table Table, ^ntt

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt("ipp"), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System Uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 210: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

178 QuadraMed Corporation

Selection tables are defined in the Generic Table Table, ^ntt. A group is defined for an option in the Generic Table Table, ^ntt, Data Elements subfile, Group List field. When the defined table has multiple options, the System displays an expand icon at the bottom of the screen, indicating the EXPD key can be pressed to display all the Data Element Options defined for the selection table, regardless of group.

An option can be selected from either list. When the Allow Partial Name? Constants field of this data element is defined as yes, a partial name or lookup name can also be entered. Lookup names are defined for an option in the Generic Table Table, ^ntt, Data Elements subfile, Lookup Name(s) field. Entries are evaluated by the System as follows:

When the user enters a number, the System attempts to match the entered number with a selection option. When a match is found, the selection's internal code is stored in the System and the corresponding option name displays in the field. When a selection match is not found, the System attempts to match the number with a lookup name, then a partial name. When all checks fail, the System displays an error message.

When the user enters an alphabetic/numeric combination, the System attempts to match a lookup name or partial name, or store the entry as free-text, in that order. An entry is stored as free-text only when the Allow Free-Text? Constants field of this data element is defined as yes.

When the Multi-Select? Constants field of this data element is defined as yes, the System allows multiple entries to be entered/selected. Each entry is evaluated as described above. The System stores either the internal code (when a selection, lookup name, or partial name match is found), or free-text (when no match is found), then processes the next entry.

The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

A numeric entry cannot be interpreted as free-text. Since the System stores the data by internal code, it cannot differentiate between a free-text entry of 10 and an internal code of 10. However, free-text entries can contain numbers, provided one character is non-numeric.

Page 211: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 44 Generic Table Selection Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 179

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Selection Table

Purpose Defines the table associated with this data element.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Table Table, ^ntt

Required

System Use Displays the Data Element Options defined for this table when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing. When no data elements are defined for the linked table, the System displays a No options currently defined! message when the field created from this data element is accessed.

When this field is defined, the System displays the Selection Group Constants field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Selection Group

Purpose Defines the group that determines the data elements that display when the field created from this data element is accessed. This field displays only when the Selection Table Constants field is defined.

Input Single selection

Links from the Group Options defined for the selection table defined in the Selection Table Constants field.

Page 212: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

180 QuadraMed Corporation

Group Options are defined for a selection table in the Generic Table Table, ^ntt, Group Codes subfile.

System Use Determines the data elements that display when the field created from this data element is accessed. The System displays only those data elements defined for the selection table that are linked to this group. A group is defined for the data element in the Generic Table Table, ^ntt, Data Elements subfile, Group List field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Window Preference

Purpose Defines the amount of screen space allotted to display the list of options.

Input Integer

(E) Entire screen

Defaults to entire screen

System Use Displays the list of options in a window the number of lines defined in this field. Lines are counted from the first line above the screen bottom.

The optimal window size is the smallest window that properly displays the list on one screen. However, if the list must be displayed on more than one screen, the window size should be large enough to display a significant portion of the list, but small enough to minimize the message screen cleared to display the list.

(E) Entire screen – Uses the entire screen to display the list. The entire screen is equivalent to a window size of 17 lines.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Multi-Select?

Purpose Defines whether multiple options can be selected from the list.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Allows multiple options to be selected. Each option must be separated by a comma (Example: 1,2). When multiple selections are allowed, the System appends the message modifier with an (s) (Example: Select option(s)).

No – Allows only one option to be selected.

Selection Group (Continued)

Page 213: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 44 Generic Table Selection Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 181

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Allow Free-Text?

Purpose Defines whether free-text data is allowed in addition to, or in place of, a selection from the table.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Allows free-text data to be entered in addition to or in place of selecting an option from the list. When free-text data is allowed, the System adds a free-text processing option to the transaction line that displays with the list of options.

No – Indicates free-text is not allowed. The System allows only an option to be selected or a partial name or lookup name to be entered.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Allow Partial Name?

Purpose Defines whether an option can be identified by a partial name or lookup name.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Allows an option to be identified by a partial name or lookup name. Lookup names are defined for a data element option in the Generic Table Table, ^ntt, Data Elements subfile, Lookup Name(s) field.

Defining this field as yes causes the System to add a partial name processing option to the transaction line that displays with the list of options.

No – Indicates an option can be identified only by selecting an option from the list or, when the Allow Free-Text? Constants field is defined as yes, by entering free-text.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Multi-Select? (Continued)

Page 214: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

182 QuadraMed Corporation

ExpressionsThe following fields display when the Expressions field is accessed:

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored. For a complete description of storage locations, see Chapter 16, Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt(“gi”) in the Registration/Visit Tables Reference.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where the option selected in the field created from this data element is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Default Expr Defines an expression that determines a predefined value entered into the data element field.

Edit Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be edited by the user.

Display Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be accessed on the screen driver on the user's side. When display security fails, the selection number and data for the field are starred out.

Allowed Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether data can be entered into the data element field. When allowed security fails, the field cannot be accessed and the System clears any defined data in the field.

Required Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field is required.

Page 215: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 183

Chapter 45

Generic Telephone Data Element

OverviewThe Generic Telephone data element is used to create a field that allows a telephone number to be entered during insurance processing. This data element is to be used only when the other data elements within the insurance/payor data dictionary do not apply.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Generic Telephone data element is accessed, the System prompts for a telephone number to be entered. QuadraMed CPR accepts standard telephone formats. The System can copy forward generic insurance data from a previous visit into the current visit when the following conditions are met:

The insurance is copied forward during one of the following processes:

Adding a new visit

Copying a previous visit into a new visit

Changing visit types during a visit add

Converting a visit

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Generic Telephone data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Generic Telephone data element:

Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 216: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

184 QuadraMed Corporation

The field created from this data element has information defined.

The Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi"), Copy Data Forward? field is defined as yes for the option defined in the Storage Reference Constants field of this data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Storage Reference

Purpose Defines the location in which the information defined in this data element is stored.

Input Single selection

Links from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt("gi")

Required

System Use Determines where the telephone number defined in this data element field is stored.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Page 217: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 185

Chapter 46

Group Number Data Element

OverviewThe Group Number data element is used to create a field that collects the subscriber's group number. The group number is the identification number of the group.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Group Number data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Group Number data element:

None

Variations The Group Number data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification ExpressionNo Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.

Page 218: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

186 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Group Number data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered. Once data has been entered, the System checks the entered data against the defined format. When the entered format is invalid, the System displays an error message.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

The following fields can display for the No Expand variation:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

The System defaults the information into this data element field from the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Employer Definitions subfile, Group Number level, Insurance Group field, only when the insurance is defined through the Choose employer(E) processing option.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 219: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 46 Group Number Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 187

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) field when the data element is accessed.

Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information must be used:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Displays the format, when defined, in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Employer Definitions subfile, Group Number level, Insurance Group field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 220: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

188 QuadraMed Corporation

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry is displayed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the users side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (that is, !,|, $s)

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System inaccurately and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the users side until the screen containing this data element is rebuilt.

Page 221: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 189

Chapter 47

Insurance Verified Data Element

OverviewThe Insurance Verified data element is used to create a field that allows documentation of whether a patient's insurance is accepted or rejected during the insurance verification process.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Insurance Verified data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Insurance Verified data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations The Insurance Verified data element consists of the following variations:

Choose – This variation indicates to the System that the Insurance Verified Options display in the transaction line defined in the Prompt Constants field. The following fields display for the Choose variation when the Constants field is accessed:

PromptFace SheetValuesScreen – This variation indicates to the System that the Insurance Verified Options display as a selection screen. The following fields display for the Screen variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierFace SheetDisplay Text

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 222: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

190 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from an Insurance Verified data element is accessed, the System displays verification options and prompts for one to be chosen or selected. Until the verification status is defined, the System defaults to not verified.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Prompt

Purpose Defines the transaction line that displays when this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Free-text beginning with the verb Choose.

Each choose value must be included in the prompt. For example, if the following values are defined:

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Choose not verified(N), accepted(A) or rejected(R)

System Use Displays this transaction line when a field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

VALUE DISPLAY TEXT MEANING

N Not verified not verified

A Accepted verification accepted

R Rejected verification rejected

Page 223: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 47 Insurance Verified Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 191

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Values

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Value – Defines an allowable choice. Only one alphabetic character can be entered, and each value must have a unique letter. The System automatically capitalizes lower-case letters.

Display Text – Defines the text associated with the defined value. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the value and display text.

Required

System Use When a value is chosen from the transaction line, the System displays the information defined as the display text for that value.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet (Continued)

Page 224: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

192 QuadraMed Corporation

Display Text

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Display Text – Defines the text that displays for selection. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the display text.

(M) Move

System Use When a field created from the Insurance Verified data element is accessed, the System displays the defined display text on the selection screen.

(M) Move – Allows the order of the display text to be changed. This modified order is reflected in the selection screen that displays to the user.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 225: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 193

Chapter 48

Military Base Data Element

OverviewThe Military Base data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the military base to which the patient is stationed.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Military Base data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Military Base Options and prompts for one to be selected, or for free-text to be entered. Military Base Options are defined in the Military Base Table, ^rt("mib").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Military Base data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Military Base data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 226: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

194 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 227: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 195

Chapter 49

Military Branch of Service Data Element

OverviewThe Military Branch of Service data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the military branch of service to which the patient is enlisted.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Military Branch of Service data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Military Branch of Service Options and prompts for one to be selected. Military Branch of Service Options are defined in the Military Branch of Service Table, ^rt("mit").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Military Branch of Service data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Military Branch of Service data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 228: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

196 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 229: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 197

Chapter 50

Military Rank Data Element

OverviewThe Military Rank data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the military rank of the patient.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Military Rank data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Military Rank Options and prompts for one to be selected, or for free-text to be entered. Military Rank Options are defined in the Military Rank Table, ^rt("mir").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Military Rank data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Military Rank data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 230: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

198 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 231: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 199

Chapter 51

Military Reason Data Element

OverviewThe Military Reason data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the reason a non-military hospital was selected for the patient's admission.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Military Reason data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Military Reason Options and prompts for one to be selected, or for free-text to be entered. Military Reason Options are defined in the Military Reason Table, ^rt("mie").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Military Reason data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Military Reason data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 232: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

200 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 233: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 201

Chapter 52

Military Status Data Element

OverviewThe Military Status data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the military status of the patient.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Military Status data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Military Status Options and prompts for one to be selected. Military Status Options are defined in the Military Status Table, ^rt("mis").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Military Status data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Military Status data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 234: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

202 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 235: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 203

Chapter 53

Other Facility Data Element

OverviewThe Other Facility data element is used to create an insurance field that defines another facility, not on the QuadraMed CPR System, to/from which patients can be transferred.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Other Facility data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, displays a list of Other Facility Options and prompts for one to be selected, or for free-text to be entered. Other Facility Options are defined in the Other Facility Table, ^rt("of").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Other Facility data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Other Facility data element:

None

Variations The Other Facility data element consists of the following variations:

Allow Free-Text – This variation causes the or Enter free-text option to be added to the transaction line. The following field displays for the Allow Free-Text variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierStandard – This variation does not allow free-text to be entered. The following field displays for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 236: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

204 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 237: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 205

Chapter 54

Other Facility Stay End Date Data Element

OverviewThe Other Facility Stay End Date data element is used to create a field that defines the date the patient's visit ended at another facility.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Other Facility Stay End Date data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered. This data element is starred out ( ), making it inaccessible, until the Other Facility data element is defined. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Other Facility Stay End Date data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Other Facility Stay End Date data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 238: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

206 QuadraMed Corporation

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field.

Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy

When a month is defined in a three character format (i.e., mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (i.e., mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 239: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 54 Other Facility Stay End Date Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 207

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days in the past that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all past dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days in the future that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 240: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

208 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than 02 November 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all future dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 241: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 209

Chapter 55

Other Facility Stay Start Date Data Element

OverviewThe Other Facility Stay Start Date data element is used to create a field that defines the date the patient's visit began at another facility.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Other Facility Stay Start Date data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered. This data element is starred out ( ** ), making it inaccessible, until the Other Facility data element is defined. The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Displays the current System date.

t +/- offset – Displays the current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

(n) number – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by n. For example, t+1 is tomorrow and t-1 is yesterday.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Other Facility Stay End Date data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Other Facility Stay End Date data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 242: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

210 QuadraMed Corporation

nw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by n. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

nm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by n. When the date offset is a month, only the month and year display. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+3m is March 1992.

ny – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by n. When the offset is a year, only the year displays. For example, when the current System date is 17 December 91, t+2y is 1993.

Acceptable date formats are determined by the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the Date Parsing Option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month (m), day (d), and year (y) can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy

When a month is defined in a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is alphabetic characters. When the month is defined in a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Canada – Canadian date parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

Page 243: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 55 Other Facility Stay Start Date Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 211

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Past

Purpose Defines the number of days in the past that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

System Use When a past date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is previous to the current System date minus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date prior to 29 October 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all past dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future

Purpose Defines the number of days in the future that will be accepted for a date entry.

Input Integer

Defaults to No limit

Page 244: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

212 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a future date is entered into this data element field, the System checks the entered date against the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field. When the date is greater than the current System date plus the number of days defined in this field, the System displays an error message and prompts for another date.

For example, if today is 31 October 1992, and this field is defined as 2, the System does not accept a date greater than 02 November 1992.

No limit – The System accepts all future dates.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Days In Future (Continued)

Page 245: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 213

Chapter 56

Payor Number Data Element

OverviewThe Payor Number data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the code number of the insurance. The payor number is used by financial systems to identify and report insurance/payors. Financial systems typically identify the insurance/payor by payor number/code instead of by name.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Payor Number data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO the Payor Number data element:

None

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt("ipp"), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations The Payor Number data element consists of the following variations:

Display Only – This variation indicates the payor number displays for informational purposes only and cannot be edited. There are no constants for this variation.

Standard – This variation allows the payor number to be edited. The following field displays for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 246: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

214 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Payor Number data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, can display a list of Payor Number Options and prompt for one to be selected. Payor Number Options are defined in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Facility Definitions subfile, Miscellaneous level, Visit Specific Data field, Payor Number(s) subfield. When only one payor number is defined in the Payor Number(s) subfield, the System defaults that number into the field created from this data element. When more than one payor number is defined, the System displays a list of Payor Number Options and prompts for one to be selected.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

ExpressionsThe following fields display when the Expressions field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Default Expr Defines an expression that determines a predefined value entered into the data element field.

Edit Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be edited by the user.

Display Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be accessed on the screen driver on the user's side. When display security fails, the selection number and data for the field are starred out.

Page 247: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 56 Payor Number Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 215

Allowed Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether data can be entered into the data element field. When allowed security fails, the field cannot be accessed and the System clears any defined data in the field.

Required Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field is required.

Edit Check Exprs Defines an ordered list of expressions that determine whether the data entered into the data element field is valid.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Page 248: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

216 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 249: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 217

Chapter 57

Plan Number Data Element

OverviewThe Plan Number data element is used to define the patient's plan number. The plan number is associated with the plan of benefits provided by the insurance company.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Plan Number data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Plan Number data element:

None

Variations The Plan Number data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an expand icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)LengthDisplay Maximum LengthVerification Expression

Page 250: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

218 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Plan Number data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for data to be entered or an option to be selected.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the No Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

The System defaults the information into this data element field from the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Employer Definitions subfile, Group Number level, Insurance Plan Number field, only when the insurance is defined through the Choose employer(E) processing option.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 251: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 57 Plan Number Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 219

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information can be entered:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

Page 252: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

220 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the entry displays.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input ULTIMUMPS™ code/operations (that is, !,|,$s)

For a complete description of ULTIMUMPS™ expressions, see Chapter 5, Calculations/Expressions in the Introduction to CPR Tables.

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System incorrectly and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length (Continued)

Page 253: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 221

Chapter 58

Pre-Auth Data Element

OverviewThe Pre-Auth data element is used to create a field that defines the type of pre-authorization, if any, that is required.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Pre-Auth data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for a status to be chosen or displays a list of options and prompts for one to be selected. The Pre-Authorization Options that display for selection are hard-coded.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Pre-Auth data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Pre-Auth data element:

None

Variations The Pre-Auth data element consists of the following variations:

Choose – This variation indicates to the System that the options display in the transaction line. The following field displays for the Choose variation when the Constants field is accessed:Message ModifierScreen – This variation indicates to the System that the options display as a selection screen. The following field displays for the Screen variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 254: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

222 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 255: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 223

Chapter 59

Pre-Auth Number Data Element

OverviewThe Pre-Auth Number data element is used to define an insurance field that collects the number supplied by the patient's insurance company to confirm the pre-authorization.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Pre-Auth Number data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Pre-Auth Number data element:

None

Variations The Pre-Auth Number data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays an expand icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)LengthDisplay Maximum LengthVerification Expression

Page 256: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

224 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Pre-Auth Number data element is accessed, the System prompts for data to be entered.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.

The following fields can display for the No Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)LengthDisplay Maximum LengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 257: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 59 Pre-Auth Number Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 225

Display Type

Purpose Defines how the data element is to be entered.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field when the data element is accessed. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information can be entered:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

Page 258: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

226 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the entry displays.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input ULTIMUMPS code/operations (that is, !,|,$s)

For a complete description of ULTIMUMPS expressions, see Chapter 5, Calculations/Expressions in the Introduction to CPR Tables.

Data values (that is, 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System incorrectly and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length (Continued)

Page 259: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 227

Chapter 60

Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag Data Element

OverviewThe Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag data element is used to create a field that defines whether the insurance company requires a second opinion before authorizing the patient's visit.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations The Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag data element consists of the following variations:

Choose – This variation indicates to the System that the options display in the transaction line defined in the Prompt Constants field. The following fields display for the Choose variation when the Constants field is accessed:

PromptFace SheetValuesScreen – This variation indicates to the System that the options display as a selection screen. The following fields display for the Screen variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierFace SheetDisplay Text

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 260: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

228 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for a status to be chosen or displays a list of options and prompts for one to be selected.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Prompt

Purpose Defines the transaction line that displays when this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Free-text beginning with the verb Choose.

Each choose value must be included in the prompt. For example, if the following values are defined:

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Choose no second opinion(N) or second opinion(Y)

System Use Displays this transaction line when the data element is selected during insurance processing.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

VALUE DISPLAY TEXT MEANING

N No no second opinion

Y Yes second opinion

Page 261: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 60 Pre-Auth Second Opinion Flag Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 229

Values

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Value – Defines an allowable choice. Only one alphabetic character can be entered, and each value must have a unique letter. The System automatically capitalizes lower case letters.

Display text – Defines the text associated with the defined value. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the value and display text.

Required

System Use When a value is chosen from the transaction line, the System displays the defined display text for that value.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Display Text – Defines the text that displays for selection. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the display text.

(M) Move

Required

Page 262: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

230 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a value is selected from the screen, the System displays the information defined as the display text for that value.

(M) Move – Allows the order of the display text to be changed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text (Continued)

Page 263: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 231

Chapter 61

Proration Plan Number Data Element

OverviewThe Proration Plan Number data element is used to create an insurance field that defines the patient's proration plan number. A proration plan number is used by financial systems to identify the benefit plans associated with a third party payor.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Proration Plan Number data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Proration Plan Number data element:

None

Variations The Proration Plan Number data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – When the Display Type Constants field of this data element is defined as format, the System displays an expand icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the System to display the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field of this data element. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification Expression

Page 264: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

232 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Proration Plan Number data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for data to be entered or an option to be selected.

No Expand – When the Display Type Constants field is defined as format, the System displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. Though multiple formats can be defined, only one entry is allowed per data element field.

The following fields can display for the No Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthLengthVerification ExpressionRange – This variation indicates the entered number(s) must fall within a certain range. The number range is defined in the Low Range and High Range Constants fields.

The following fields display for the Range variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierLow RangeHigh RangeSelected – This variation indicates the proration plan number is selected from a list of Proration Plan Number Options. Proration Plan Number Options are defined in the Proration Plan Number Table, ^rt("pp").The System displays the Proration Plan Number Options defined in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Insurance/Payor level, Proration Plan(s) field when the Proration Plan Number Table, ^rt("pp"), Visit Type(s) field is defined with the same visit type as the visit being processed.

When the Proration Plan(s) field is not defined, the System displays all Proration Plan Number Options that have the Proration Plan Number Table, ^rt("pp"), Visit Type(s) field defined with the same visit type as the visit being processed. The Message Modifier Constants field displays for the Selected variation when the Constants field is accessed.

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 265: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 61 Proration Plan Number Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 233

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Type

Purpose Defines how data can be entered in the field created from this data element.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Displays the format defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field when the data element is accessed or when the EXPD key is pressed.

Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of free-text characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 266: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

234 QuadraMed Corporation

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the valid format for entering information into the data element field.

Input Add/Delete Editor

When adding or editing a format, the following information can be entered:

A – Defines the alphabetic characters used in the format.

9 – Defines the numbers used in the format.

Punctuation marks – Defines a punctuation mark as itself.

For example, when the format is defined as AA-999, a valid entry is CD-123.

System Use Compares the entered data against the defined format and displays an error message when the entered data is in an invalid format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the entry displays.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the length of the longest format specified.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

Page 267: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 61 Proration Plan Number Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 235

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check, such as numbers must start with a specific number or set of numbers (Example: 12 or 1812).

Input ULTIMUMPS code/operations (Example: !,|,$s)

For a complete description of ULTIMUMPS expressions, see Chapter 5, Calculations/Expressions in the Introduction to CPR Tables.

Data values (Example: 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered into the System incorrectly and an error message displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Low Range

Purpose Defines the lowest acceptable input value that can be entered into this data element field. This feature is designed to avoid keyed input errors.

Input Integer

Required

System Use Displays an error message when the number entered into the data element field is lower than the defined low range.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

High Range

Purpose Defines the highest acceptable input value that can be entered into this data element field. This feature is designed to avoid keyed input errors.

Input Integer

Required

Length (Continued)

Page 268: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

236 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use Displays an error message when the number entered into this data element field is higher than the defined high range.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

High Range (Continued)

Page 269: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 237

Chapter 62

Release of Information Data Element

OverviewThe Release of Information data element is used to create a field that defines whether information regarding this patient can be released.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Release of Information data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Release of Information data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations The Release of Information data element consists of the following variations:

Choose – This variation indicates to the System that the options display in the transaction line defined in the Prompt Constants field. The following fields display for the Choose variation when the Constants field is accessed:

PromptFace SheetValuesScreen – This variation indicates to the System that the options display as a selection screen. The following fields display for the Screen variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierFace SheetDisplay Text

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 270: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

238 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Release of Information data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for a status to be chosen, or displays a list of options and prompts for one to be selected.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Prompt

Purpose Defines the transaction line that displays when this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Free-text beginning with the verb Choose.

Each choose value must be included in the prompt. For example, if the following values are defined:

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Choose No release(N) or release(Y) of information

System Use Displays this transaction line when the data element is selected during insurance processing.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

VALUE DISPLAY TEXT MEANING

N N no release of information

Y Y release of information

Page 271: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 62 Release of Information Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 239

Values

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Value – Defines an allowable choice. Only one alphabetic character can be entered, and each value must have a unique letter. The System automatically capitalizes lower case letters.

Display text – Defines the text associated with the defined value. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the value and display text.

Required

System Use When a value is chosen from the transaction line, the System displays the defined display text for that value.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Display text – Defines the text that displays for selection. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the display text.

(M) Move

Required

Page 272: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

240 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a value is selected from the screen, the System displays the information defined as the display text for that value.

(M) Move – Allows the order of the options to be changed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text (Continued)

Page 273: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 241

Chapter 63

Require Verification Data Element

OverviewThe Require Verification data element is used to create a field that defines whether the insurance requires verification prior to treatment.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Require Verification data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Require Verification data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations The Require Verification data element consists of the following variations:

Choose – This variation indicates to the System that the options display in the transaction line defined in the Prompt Constants field. The following fields display for the Choose variation when the Constants field is accessed:

PromptFace SheetValuesScreen – This variation indicates to the System that the options display as a selection screen. The following fields display for the Screen variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierFace SheetDisplay Text

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 274: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

242 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Require Verification data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for a status to be chosen, or displays a list of options and prompts for one to be selected. The information that defaults into this data element field is a result of the require verification calculation.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

Prompt

Purpose Defines the transaction line that displays when this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Free-text beginning with the verb Choose.

Each choose value must be included in the prompt. For example, if the following values are defined:

The transaction line (prompt) should be defined as:

Choose not required(N) or required(Y)

System Use Displays this transaction line when the data element is selected during insurance processing.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

VALUE DISPLAY TEXT MEANING

N Not required do not require verification

Y Required require verification

Page 275: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 63 Require Verification Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 243

Values

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Value – Defines an allowable choice. Only one alphabetic character can be entered, and each value must have a unique letter. The System automatically capitalizes lower case letters.

Display text – Defines the text associated with the defined value. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the value and display text.

Required

System Use When a value is chosen from the transaction line, the System displays the defined display text for that value.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text

Purpose Defines the character values that are accepted as input.

Input Display text – Defines the text that displays for selection. This is a free-text entry.

Meaning – Hard-coded text associated with the display text.

(M) Move

Required

Page 276: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

244 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use When a value is selected from the screen, the System displays the information defined as the display text for that value.

(M) Move – Allows the order of the options to be changed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Text (Continued)

Page 277: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 245

Chapter 64

Review Agency Contact Person Data Element

OverviewThe Review Agency Contact Person data element is used to create an insurance field that allows the contact person of the review agency to be defined.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Review Agency Contact Person data element is accessed, the System prompts for a contact person to be identified. The System defaults the review agency contact person defined in the Insurance Review Agency Table, ^rt("ira"), Contact field. This option can be accepted or a free-text contact person can be defined.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Review Agency Contact Person data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Review Agency Contact Person data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

When a free-text contact person is defined, the System treats the field created from this data element as a free-text field. Therefore, if a new review agency is selected from the Insurance Review Agency Table, ^rt("ira"), for the Review Agency data element field, the System does not default the new contact person into this data element field unless this data element field is cleared prior to the selection of the new agency.

Page 278: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

246 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 279: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 247

Chapter 65

Review Agency Data Element

OverviewThe Review Agency data element is used to create an insurance field that allows a review agency to be defined. A review agency is an outside (that is, non-hospital) agency that is responsible for reviewing healthcare services that are provided to patients who are covered by Medicare or other third parties.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Review Agency data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Review Agency Options and prompts for one to be selected. The System defaults the review agency defined in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Review Agency field. This option can be accepted or another option can be selected. Review Agency Options are defined in the Insurance Review Agency Table, ^rt("ira").

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Review Agency data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Review Agency data element:

Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 280: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

248 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Face Sheet

Purpose Defines the face sheet data element into which information is passed.

Input Partial name match

Single selection

Links from the Face Sheet Table, ^nt("fs"), Categories/Data Elements subfile

System Use Stores this value in the face sheet data element, replacing the previously stored results.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 281: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 249

Chapter 66

Secondary Numbers Data Element

OverviewThe Secondary Numbers data element is used to create a field that allows a secondary number to be entered during insurance processing. Secondary numbers associated with an insurance (Example: A Medicaid number) can be used in patient identification to identify a visit for processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Secondary Numbers data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO the Secondary Numbers data element:

Visit Secondary Number Table, ^rt("vsn")

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt("ipp"), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations The Secondary Numbers data element consists of the following variations:

Multiple Types - Display Only – This variation is a display only variation (that is, it displays a previously created secondary number); it does not allow the assignment of a secondary number. When a secondary number does not exist (that is, has not been defined elsewhere in the System), the number does not display. The number must be assigned elsewhere in the System by a non-display only variation. This variation should be used when the secondary number type variation that assigns the secondary number is a multiple types variation. The following fields display for the Multiple Types - Display Only variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierSecondary Number Type(s)

Page 282: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

250 QuadraMed Corporation

Multiple Types - Expand – This variation causes the System to prompt for the secondary number to be entered. Since this is an expand variation, an expand icon displays at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key displays all possible formats. Format Options are defined in the Visit Secondary Number Table, ^rt("vsn"), Display Format(s) field. The following fields display for the Multiple Types - Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierSecondary Number Type(s)Allow Duplicate Secondary Number(s)?Allow Edit of Secondary Number(s)?Manual Number EntryMultiple Types - No Expand – This variation is the same as the Multiple Types - Expand variation, except the Format Options automatically display when the System prompts for the number(s) to be entered. The following fields display for the Multiple Types - No Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierSecondary Number Type(s)Allow Duplicate Secondary Number(s)?Allow Edit of Secondary Number(s)?Manual Number EntrySingle Type - Display Only – This variation is a display only variation. It is similar to the Multiple Types - Display Only variation, except that it displays only one number. This variation should be used when the secondary number type variation that assigns the secondary number is a single type variation. The following fields display for the Single Type - Display Only variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierSecondary Number TypeSingle Type - Expand – This variation causes the System to prompt for the secondary number to be entered. Since this is an expand variation, an expand icon displays at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key displays all the possible formats. Format Options are defined in the Visit Secondary Number Table, ^rt("vsn"), Display Format(s) field. The following fields display for the Single Type - Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierSecondary Number TypeAllow Duplicate Secondary Number(s)?Allow Edit of Secondary Number(s)?Manual Number EntrySingle Type - No Expand – This variation is the same as the Single Type - Expand variation, except that after the data element is selected, the System prompts for a number to be entered. The Format Options automatically display.

Page 283: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 66 Secondary Numbers Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 251

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Secondary Numbers data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either automatically displays the secondary number in the data element field or prompts for a number to be entered/selected. When the Multiple Types - No Expand or Single Type - No Expand variation is defined, the System automatically displays all the defined formats. When the Multiple Types - Expand or Single Type - Expand variation is defined, the EXPD key can be pressed to display the formats.

The Secondary Numbers data element can be defined to either display only (that is, not allow editing) or allow the assignment of the secondary number. A facility can define a single secondary number or multiple secondary numbers.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

The following fields display for the Single Type - No Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierSecondary Number TypeAllow Duplicate Secondary Number(s)?Allow Edit of Secondary Number(s)?Manual Number Entry

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 284: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

252 QuadraMed Corporation

Secondary Number Type/Secondary Number Type(s)

Purpose Defines the secondary number types that is used for the secondary number.

Input For the Secondary Number Type field:

Single selection

Links from the Visit Secondary Number Table, ^rt("vsn")

For the Secondary Number Type(s) field:

Add/Delete Editor

Single selection

Links from the Visit Secondary Number Table, ^rt("vsn")NOTE: The Secondary Number Options that display for selection have the Visit Secondary Number Table, ^rt("vsn"), Auto Assign? field defined as noNOTE: The visit screen that is built with the Insurance/Payor data element used to access the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Secondary Numbers data element must have the Secondary Numbers data element, Secondary Number Type(s) Constants field defined with a different secondary number type.

Required

System Use Determines which secondary number type is used for the secondary number.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Allow Duplicate Secondary Number(s)?

Purpose Defines whether duplicate secondary numbers are allowed.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Indicates duplicate secondary numbers are allowed. When duplicate numbers are allowed, and a duplicate number is entered, the System displays the visit with the matching secondary number and prompts to verify the use of the duplicate secondary number.

No – Indicates duplicate secondary numbers are not allowed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 285: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 66 Secondary Numbers Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 253

ExpressionsThe following fields display when the Expressions field is accessed:

Allow Edit of Secondary Number(s)?

Purpose Defines whether the secondary number can be edited after the number has been assigned.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Indicates the user can select and manually edit the secondary number during a visit edit.

No – Indicates the secondary number cannot be manually edited after assignment.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Manual Number Entry

Purpose Defines whether manual number entry is allowed.

Input Single selection from the following hard-coded options:

At downtime only

Never allow manual entry

Always allow manual entry

Defaults to at downtime only

System Use At downtime only – Indicates manual number entry is allowed only when the System Parameter Table, ^%z, Reg/ADT System Parameters subfile, Facility-specific level, Miscellaneous Data Screen, Allow Recent Downtime Processing? field is defined as yes.

Never allow manual entry – Indicates manual number entry is not allowed.

Always allow manual entry – Indicates manual number entry is always allowed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Edit Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be edited by the user. This Expr field displays only when the Expand or No Expand variation is used.

Page 286: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

254 QuadraMed Corporation

Display Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be accessed on the screen driver on the user's side. When display security fails, the selection number and data for the field are starred out.

Required Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field is required. This Expr field displays only when the Expand or No Expand variation is used.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Page 287: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 255

Chapter 67

Send Verification Data Element

OverviewThe Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element is used in the following instances:

During the insurance verification process to support communication to a variety of third-party eligibility verification systems, including the ability to swipe a health card for real time insurance verification.

During visit processing, send verification data can be copied forward from the mother’s visit record to the newborn’s visit record.

During the visit insurance verification process to streamline the insurance validation process by retaining or clearing data based upon the individual visit process.

The Send Verification data element provides the ability to verify coverage real-time (electronically) by allowing the user to swipe a health card for insurance verification or perform manual verification by entering data. Insurance verification functionality is extended from inter-job communication (IJC) transactions performed during insurance verification processing to full validation/verification via an interface.

The use of the Send Verification data element provides a cost-effective and time-saving solution to insurance verification for the healthcare facility and patients. Customers can identify and clarify insurance issues before the patient services are rendered. Real time verification allows medical services to be rendered in a timely manner. This enhancement saves the time and expense of tracking patient services and reimbursement.

This requires customized interface work. Please contact Client Support for assistance.

Page 288: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

256 QuadraMed Corporation

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce the field created from the Send Verification data element is accessed, insurance verification processing is based on the definition of the Verification Start Method Constants field. The Send Verification data element provides the ability to verify coverage real-time (electronically) by allowing the user to swipe a health card for insurance verification or perform manual verification by entering data.

Manual VerificationThe System performs manual insurance verification when the Send Verification data element is accessed during insurance processing and the Verification Start Method Constants field is defined as manual. The System displays a Start Verification? message on the transaction line in the field created from this data element and prompts the user to answer yes or no. Clicking (Y) Yes initiates the interface defined in the Interface Constants field of this data element and starts the insurance verification process. Clicking (N) No stops the insurance verification process and returns the user to the insurance/payor profile screen for the defined insurance.

Card Reader VerificationThe System performs card reader insurance verification when the Send Verification data element is accessed during insurance processing, and the Verification Start Method Constants field is defined as card reader. The System prompts to scan the card or to choose to enter the information manually by clicking (M) Manual Override as shown below.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Send Verification data element:

Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt(“ip”)

Links FROM other Tables TO the Send Verification data element:

Facility Table, ^affGeneric Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt(“gi”)Interface Table, ^atiManagement Queue Table, ^rt(“qv”)

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt(“ipp”), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 289: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 67 Send Verification Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 257

Clicking Back stops the insurance verification process and returns the user to the insurance/payor screen. The manner in which the card reader performs is defined in the Card Reader Parameters Constants field.

Scan Insurance CardSwiping the insurance card in the card reader initiates the interface defined in the Interface Constants field of this data element.

Manual OverrideClicking (M) Manual Override as shown above from the Send Verification data element field prompts the user to enter data specified in the Card Reader Parameters Constants field, Card Capture Parameters subfield (Manual Start Parameters). The text defined for the transaction line prompt is defined in the Card Reader Parameters Constants field, Card Capture Parameters subfield, Message Modifier sub-subfield.

Page 290: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

258 QuadraMed Corporation

For example, the user can be prompted to enter the Health Card Number as shown below.

When each required field is completed and OK clicked or ENTER pressed, the entered data loads into the insurance record and the interface defined in the Interface Constants field is initiated.

Verification InterfaceOnce the interface is initiated, an interface processing message appears: Verification in progress.... The interface attempts to establish communication with the insurance vendor verification option defined for the current insurance/payor/facility in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt(“ip”), Facility Definitions Subfile, Insurance Verification Vendor field.

When communication is not established, the error message defined for the facility/insurance verification vendor in the Insurance Verification Vendor Table, ^rt(“ipv”), Transmission Error Message field displays.

When communication is established, interface messaging with the insurance verification vendor occurs until there is an error or the communication is completed. The interface obtains and sends the QuadraMed CPR data required by the insurance verification vendor and also receives the insurance verification status and/or other data from the insurance verification vendor.

When the interface communication is completed within the time frame specified in the Insurance Verification Vendor Table, ^rt(“ipv”), Facility Definitions Subfile, Seconds Delay Allowed field, the Verification Status Screen displays with the data to be filed and the user must click OK or press ENTER from that screen to update the information as shown below.

Page 291: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 67 Send Verification Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 259

Clicking OK or pressing ENTER files the data on the Verification Status Screen and populates the appropriate fields on the insurance profile screen as shown below. When the add/edit visit transaction is accepted, this information is filed to the visit record.

Clicking the Back button from the Verification Status Screen backs the user out of the Send Verification data element, discards the verification and associated data, and returns the user to the insurance payor/profile screen.

When the interface communication is not completed within the time frame specified in the Insurance Verification Vendor Table, ^rt(“ipv”), Facility Definitions Subfile, Seconds Delay Allowed field, the System displays the text defined in the Timeout Message field.

The user must click OK and the user can continue editing the visit/insurance screen. The data entered to initiate verification is loaded to the visit/insurance fields until the visit is accepted. When the visit is accepted, the data is filed and the visit is routed for follow-up to the management queue defined in the Timeout Management Queue(s) Constants field.

Page 292: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

260 QuadraMed Corporation

Visit Insurance ProcessingThe Send Verification data element can be utilized during visit processing as follows:

The Newborn Admission menu function can be defined to determine whether Send Verification data is copied forward from the mother’s visit record to the newborn’s visit record.

When adding, editing, or converting a visit, the insurance validation process can be streamlined by retaining or clearing data based upon the individual visit process, ensuring the appropriate insurance verification is performed.

Streamlined Newborn AdmissionThe insurance data automatically copied from the mother’s visit record to the newborn’s visit record can be specified to include send verification data. The ability to configure the type of insurance data eliminates incorrect or unnecessary data existing in the newborn’s visit record. This ensures appropriate data exists in the newborn’s record and expedites reimbursement to the facility for services provided.

After a newborn is registered, the entry of data for a newborn admission has been streamlined. The System can default send verification insurance information for the visit based on the Newborn Admission menu function, Copy Mother Insurance Data push parameter.

The Copy Mother Insurance Data push parameter defines the data from the mother’s visit record that is copied into the equivalent visit data element in the newborn’s visit when the visit is created in the Newborn Admission menu function.

Page 293: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 67 Send Verification Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 261

When the Newborn Admission menu function, Copy Mother Insurance Data push parameter, Mark for Copy? prompt for the Send Verification option is defined as yes, the System copies the visit data from the mother’s record into the newborn’s visit. The data copies forward only if it exists in the mother’s record.

When the Newborn Admission menu function, Copy Mother Insurance Data push parameter, Mark for Copy? prompt for the Send Verification option is defined as no, the System does not copy the visit data from the mother’s record into the newborn’s visit. Current algorithms are used to determine whether data defaults.

When the Mark for Copy? prompt for the Send Verification option is defined as no, the System clears the data within the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element and processes as follows:

Empty field processing is invoked when the insurance is copied forward.

Processing within the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element field follows the current workflow for validating insurance through the third-party verification interface.

Once the interface validation message is accepted, any new data is updated within Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), insurance data element fields and the date/time of validation are included as a suffix to the validation status message displayed in the field created from the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element.

When the mother’s data is not copied into the newborn’s visit, the field created from the Send Verification data element displays Not Sent. The System forces the user through the verification process. Once the interface validation message is accepted, applicable data is updated on the insurance profile screen and the date/time of validation displays as a suffix to the validation message in the field created from the Insurance Payor/Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element.

When the mother’s data is copied forward, the mother’s data populates the Insurance Payor/Profile Table, ̂ rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element. The System suffixes the verification data with the date and time of the last verification. If the verification occurred on a day other than the current date, the System also prefixes the verification data with Previous.

The send verification data copies forward only when the Mark for Copy? prompt is defined as yes for both the Send Verification and Insurance/Payor options in the Newborn Admission menu function, Copy Mother Insurance Data push parameter. If the Insurance/Payor option does not copy forward, the send verification data does not copy forward regardless of the definition of the Mark for Copy? prompt for this option.

Page 294: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

262 QuadraMed Corporation

Visit AddWhen adding a new visit, any previous send verification data within the data element is cleared in the field created from the Insurance Payor/Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element during insurance processing. The System displays Not Sent in the data element field. The System forces the user through the verification process. Once the interface validation message is accepted, applicable data is updated on the insurance profile screen and the date/time of validation displays as a suffix to the validation message in the field created from the Send Verification data element.

Visit ConversionWhen a visit is converted using the Visit Type Conversion menu function, previous data within the Insurance Payor/Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element is retained. The System suffixes the verification data with the date and time of the last verification. If the verification occurred on a day other than the current date, the System also prefixes the verification data with Previous.

When verification has not been performed before the conversion, the field created from the data element displays Not Sent. The System forces the user through the verification process. Once the interface validation message is accepted, data is updated on the insurance profile screen and the date/time of validation displays as a suffix to the validation message in the field created from the Send Verification data element.

Visit EditWhen editing a visit, previous data within the Insurance Payor/Profile Table, ^rt(“ipp”), Send Verification data element is retained. The System suffixes the verification data with the date and time of the last verification. If the verification occurred on a day other than the current date, the System also prefixes the verification data with Previous.

When verification has not been performed at visit creation, the field created from the data element displays Not Sent. The user must select the field to perform the verification process. Once the interface validation message is accepted, applicable data is updated on the insurance profile screen and the date/time of validation displays as a suffix to the validation message in the field created from the Send Verification data element.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Timeout Management Queue(s)

Purpose Defines the management queue to which the patient visit is routed when the interface communication is not completed within the time frame specified in the Insurance Verification Vendor Table, ^rt(“ipv”), Facility Definitions Subfile, Seconds Delay Allowed field.

Page 295: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 67 Send Verification Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 263

Input Add/Delete Editor

Facility-specific

Single selection of management group option

Links from the Management Queue Table, ^rt(“qv”), Management Queue Group level Single selection of management queue

Links from the Management Queue Table, ^rt(“qv”), Subfile Options level, Management Queue(s) subfile

System Use Routes the patient visit to the management queue defined in this field when communication with the insurance verification vendor system is not completed within the time frame defined in the Insurance Verification Vendor Table, ^rt(“ipv”), Seconds Delay Allowed field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Interface

Purpose Defines the interface option that communicates to an insurance/payor validation system when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Input Single selection

Links from the Interface Table, ^ati

Required

System Use Determines whether current services for the patient are covered by the insurance/payor during registration/visit processing by performing full validation/insurance verification via this interface.l

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Start Method

Purpose Defines the method used to start communication by the interface.

Input (M) Manual – This is the default.

(C) Card Reader – Causes the Card Reader Parameters field to display for definition.

System Use (M) Manual – Indicates interface communication is started when the user answers yes to the Start Verification? message on the transaction line in the field created from this data element. This is the default.

Timeout Management Queue(s) (Continued)

Page 296: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

264 QuadraMed Corporation

(C) Card Reader – Indicates interface communication can be started either by a card swipe in a card reader.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Card Reader Parameters

Purpose Defines how the data read from the health card is extracted and used with the insurance verification interface and within the QuadraMed CPR application. Displays only when the Verification Start Method field is defined as card reader.

Input Displays the following subfields for definition:

Field DelimiterCard Capture Parameters

System Use Uses the information defined in the Field Delimiter and Card Capture Parameters subfields to determine how data read from the health card is extracted and used with the insurance verification interface.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Field Delimiter

Purpose Defines the character that determines where the previous field ends and the next field begins. This field can be defined with one or more free-text characters.

Input Defaults to ^

System Use The System searches for characters defined in this field to parse the string obtained from the card scan into a series of ordered fields.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Card Capture Parameters

Purpose Defines the data to be extracted from the card and sent to the interface.

Input Insert/Delete Editor

Displays the following subfields for definition:

Card Reader Parameters Section

Verification Start Method (Continued)

Page 297: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 67 Send Verification Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 265

Card Reader Parameters Section

Ins/Payor DE PointerCard LocationOverride Previous Data?

Manual Start Information Section

Message Modifier

Format(s)

Display Name

Required Status

System Use Card Reader Parameters Section – Defines the location of the data to be extracted from the card and its mapping to the insurance record.

Manual Start Information Section – Defines parameters for data that must be manually entered when clicking (M) Manual Override.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Ins/Payor DE Pointer

Purpose Defines the type of generic insurance/payor data element to which the data is mapped.

Input Single selection from a hard-coded list of generic insurance/payor data elements (currently only Generic Formatted Entry is available).

Single selection from an option from the Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt(“gi”)

System Use Maps the data read from the health card to the applicable field of the insurance record.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Card Location

Purpose Defines the location of the desired data, within the string returned from the health card reader.

Input Enter card field position – Numeric with no range limit.

Enter begin character position – Numeric with no range limit.

Enter end character position – Numeric integer with no range limit, however; the value entered must be greater than the value entered for the beginning character position.

Card Capture Parameters (Continued)

Page 298: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

266 QuadraMed Corporation

Manual Start Information Section

System Use The position of the field in the string returned from the health card. The System extracts characters from this field that lie within the defined Begin and End character positions and passes the data for use by the interface and mapping to the defined generic insurance/payor data element.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Override Previous Data?

Purpose Defines whether any data already input into the mapped insurance/payor field is overridden by entry of new data.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Overrides any data previously entered into the mapped insurance/payor field.

No – Displays a warning message when the manually entered or scanned data is different than existing data and prompts whether to override existing data.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line prompt after clicking (M) Manual Override in the field created from this data element. The (M) Manual Override button displays when the Verification Start Method Constants field is defined as card reader.

Input Free-text

Required

System Use Displays this text as the prompt for entry of data after clicking (M) Manual Override.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Card Location (Continued)

Page 299: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 67 Send Verification Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 267

Format(s)

Purpose Defines the format in which the data must be entered manually after clicking the (M) Manual Override button.

Input Add/Delete Editor

Enter format (A=letter; 9=number)

Required

System Use Compares the entered data to this defined format and displays an error message when the data does not match this format.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Name

Purpose Defines the name of the screen driver field on the Manual Override Screen.

Input Free-text

Required

System Use Displays the text defined in this subfield as the name of the screen driver field on the Manual Override Screen.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Required Status

Purpose Defines whether the field on the Manual Override Screen is required.

Input (N) Not Required

(R) Required

Defaults to not required

System Use (N) Not Required – Indicates the field on the manual override screen driver is not required. The verification can be initiated if the field is blank.

(R) Required – Indicates the field on the manual override screen driver is required. Data must be defined in the field in order to initiate the verification process.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 300: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

268 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 301: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 269

Chapter 68

Signature Date Data Element

OverviewThe Signature Date data element is used to create an insurance field that collects the date on which the hospital obtained the patient's signature, authorizing the hospital to bill the third party for services rendered.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Signature Date data element is accessed, the System prompts for a date to be entered.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Send Verification data element:

Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt(“ip”)

Links FROM other Tables TO the Send Verification data element:

Facility Table, ^aff Generic Insurance/Payor Data Element Table, ^rt(“gi”)Interface Table, ^atiManagement Queue Table, ^rt(“qv”)

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt(“ipp”), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 302: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

270 QuadraMed Corporation

The System accepts the following date formats:

t (today) – Current System date.

t+/–offset – Current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

x (number) – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by x. For example, t+1 is tomorrow.

xw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by x. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

xm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by x. The date is the same day x months later. For example, when the current System date is 19 July 07, t+3m is October 2007.

xy – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by x.

The date is the same day x years later. For example, when the current System date is 19 July 07, t+2y is 2009.

Acceptable date formats are determined in the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the date parsing option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month, day and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When approximate dates are allowed, any of the above formats can be prefixed by a tilde (~) to indicate an approximate date. For example, ~ June 2007.

When a month is defined as a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is an alpha character. When the month is defined as a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Page 303: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 68 Signature Date Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 271

Canada – Canadian parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 304: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

272 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 305: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 273

Chapter 69

Subscriber Address Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Address data element is used to create a field that allows the residential address of the subscriber to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Address data element is accessed, the System displays an Address Collection Screen. The Address Collection Screen that displays is defined in the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), and linked to the Address Collection Screen Constants field of this data element.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Address data element field into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Release of Information data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Release of Information data element:

Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 306: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

274 QuadraMed Corporation

When the same as guarantor? processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Address data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber? processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Address data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Address Collection Screen

Purpose Defines the Address Collection Screen that displays to collect the address on the user's side.

Input Single selection

Links from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")

System Use Displays this Address Collection Screen when the field created from this data element is selected during insurance processing.

When a screen is not defined in this field, the System displays the screen defined in the System Parameter Table, ^%z, Reg/ADT System Parameters subfile, Facility-specific level, Miscellaneous Data Screen, Address Collection Driver field.

For a complete description of address screens, see Chapter 1, Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad") in the Address Collection Driver Table Reference.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 307: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 69 Subscriber Address Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 275

Street Address Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into the field created from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Street Address data element, when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Street Address data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When this field is not defined, there is no limit for entering characters into the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Street Address data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

City Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into the field created from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), City data element, when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), City data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When this field is not defined, there is no limit for entering characters into the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), City data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

County Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into the field created from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), County data element, when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), County data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

Page 308: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

276 QuadraMed Corporation

When this field is not defined, there is no limit for entering characters into the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), County data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

State Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into the field created from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), State data element, when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), State data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When this field is not defined, there is no limit for entering characters into the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), State data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Country Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into the field created from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Country data element, when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Country data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When this field is not defined, there is no limit for entering characters into the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Country data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

County Length (Continued)

Page 309: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 69 Subscriber Address Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 277

Mailing Code Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into the field created from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Mailing Code data element, when the field created from this data element is accessed during insurance processing.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol ( | ) at the end of the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Mailing Code data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When this field is not defined, there is no limit for entering characters into the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), Mailing Code data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 310: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

278 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 311: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 279

Chapter 70

Subscriber Birthdate Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Birthdate data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's birthdate to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Birthdate data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Birthdate data element:

None

Variations The Subscriber Birthdate data element consists of the following variations:Date – This variation displays the subscriber's birthdate and, in parentheses, the subscriber's age. The System calculates the age based on the birthdate. The following field displays for the Date variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDate-No Age – This variation displays only the subscriber's birthdate. The following field displays for the Date-No Age variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDate/Time – This variation displays the subscriber's birthdate, time, and in parentheses, the subscriber's age. The System calculates the age based on the birthdate. The following field displays for the Date/Time variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDate/Time-No Age – This variation displays the subscriber's birthdate and time. The following field displays for the Date/Time-No Age variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 312: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

280 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Birthdate data element is accessed, the QuadraMed CPR System, depending on the variation selected, prompts for either a date or a date and time to be entered. The System allows the date to be entered in the following ways:

t (today) – Current System date.

t+/–offset – Current System date plus or minus a valid offset. The System accepts the following offsets:

x (number) – Indicates the offset is a number of days, indicated by x. For example, t+1 is tomorrow.

xw – Indicates the offset is a number of weeks, indicated by x. For example, t+3w is three weeks or 21 days in the future.

xm – Indicates the offset is a number of months, indicated by x. The date is the same day x months later. For example, when the current System date is 19 July 07, t+3m is October 2007.

xy – Indicates the offset is a number of years, indicated by x. The date is the same day x years later. For example, when the current System date is 19 July 07, t+2y is 2009.

Acceptable date formats are determined in the System Parameter Table, ^%z, General Parameters level, Date Parsing field. Depending on the date parsing option selected, the System accepts the date in the following formats:

U.S.A.

The month, day and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm-dd-yy

mm/dd/yy

dd mmm yy

dd mmm yyyy

The month and year can be defined in the following formats:

mm/yy

mm-yy

mmm yyyy

The year can be defined as yyyy.

When approximate dates are allowed, any of the above formats can be prefixed by a tilde (~) to indicate an approximate date. For example, ~ June 2007.

When a month is defined as a three character format (that is, mmm), the input is an alpha character. When the month is defined as a two character format (that is, mm), the input is numeric.

Page 313: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 70 Subscriber Birthdate Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 281

Canada – Canadian parsing interprets the first number of an unformatted date string as a day rather than a month.

International – Currently not used.

QuadraMed CPR allows a date and time to be entered in the following ways:

n (now) – Current System date and time.

t (today) – Current System date. A t can be entered by itself or followed by a time (Example: t 0700 is today at 0700).

Date and timeAll of the previously identified date formats are acceptable with the following time formats:

n (now) with or without a suffix – When now is entered as n, the System defaults the current time. The System accepts the following now suffixes:

n+/–x – Indicates that the offset time is defined in minutes. For example, n+30 is half-hour from now.

n+/–xh – Indicates that the offset time is defined in hours. For example, n+2h is two hours from now.

The System evaluates each entered time for the proper format. When an unrecognized format is entered, the System displays an error message.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Birthdate data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Birthdate data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Birthdate data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

Page 314: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

282 QuadraMed Corporation

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line prompt after clicking (M) Manual Override in the field created from this data element. The (M) Manual Override button displays when the Verification Start Method Constants field is defined as card reader.

Input Free-text

Required

System Use Displays this text as the prompt for entry of data after clicking (M) Manual Override.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 315: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 283

Chapter 71

Subscriber Day Telephone Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Day Telephone data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's daytime telephone number (that is, work telephone number) to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Day Telephone data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Day Telephone data element:

None

Variations The Subscriber Day Telephone data element consists of the following variations:

None Option – This variation operates the same as the Standard variation with the addition of or Choose none(N) as a processing option in the transaction line. The following field displays for the None Option variation when the Constants field is accessed:Message ModifierStandard – This variation allows standard telephone formats to be entered. For a complete description of standard telephone formats, see Chapter 4, Standard Data Elements in the Introduction to CPR Tables. The following field displays for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 316: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

284 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Day Telephone data element is accessed, the System prompts for a telephone number to be entered or for the same as subscriber home phone number(S) processing option to be chosen. When the None Option variation is used, the System also prompts, as part of the transaction line, or Choose none(N). QuadraMed CPR accepts standard telephone formats.

When the same as subscriber home phone number(S) processing option is chosen, the System defaults in the telephone number defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Home Telephone data element.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Day Telephone data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Day Telephone data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Day Telephone data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 317: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 285

Chapter 72

Subscriber Driver's License Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Driver's License data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's driver's license number to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Driver's License data element is accessed, the System prompts for a state to be entered. The EXPD key can be pressed for a list of all the State Options.

When the state is entered without pressing the EXPD key, the System prompts for a license number to be entered and displays the XP icon. A license number can be entered or the EXPD key can be pressed again for a list of the defined formats.

When the EXPD key is pressed for a list of State Options, after a state is selected, the System automatically displays the defined format and prompts for a license number to be entered. When a number is entered that does not match the defined format, an error message displays.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Driver's License data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Driver's License data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 318: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

286 QuadraMed Corporation

When no format is defined, QuadraMed CPR accepts an entry in any format. After the license number is entered, the System displays the state's initials followed by the license number. State Options are defined in the Country/State/County Table, ^rt("cs"), State level. License number formats are defined in the Country/State/County Table, ^rt("cs"), State level, Driver's License Pattern(s) field.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Driver's License data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Driver's License data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Driver's License data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 319: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 287

Chapter 73

Subscriber Employee ID Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employee ID data element is used to create a field that allows the employee identification number of the subscriber to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employee ID data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employee ID data element:

None

Variations The Subscriber Employee ID data element consists of the following variations:

Expand – This variation displays an expand icon at the bottom of the screen. When the EXPD key is pressed, the System displays all the formats defined in the Display Format(s) Constants field. The following fields can display for the Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeLengthDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthVerification ExpressionNo Expand – This variation automatically displays the defined formats when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Page 320: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

288 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Employee ID data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either displays a list of format options and/or prompts for an identification number to be entered. When the format options do not automatically display, the System displays the XP icon at the bottom of the screen. Pressing the EXPD key causes the format options to display.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employee ID data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Employee ID data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employee ID data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following fields can display when the Constants field is accessed:

The following fields can display for the No Expand variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierDisplay TypeLengthDisplay Format(s)Display Maximum LengthVerification Expression

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

Page 321: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 73 Subscriber Employee ID Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 289

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Type

Purpose Defines the type of check that will be performed on the data entered into this data element field.

Input (F) Format

(L) Length

Defaults to format

System Use (F) Format – Indicates how the characters must be arranged to be accepted as input. Displays the following additional fields for definition:

Display Format(s)Display Maximum Length

(L) Length – Displays a bar (|) at the end of the transaction line, indicating the maximum number of characters that can be entered. Displays the Length field for definition.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Display Format(s)

Purpose Defines the specific format allowed for this data element.

Input Add/Delete Editor

Formatted entry

Accepts A’s or 9’s only

A – Defines an alphabetic character

9 – Defines a numerical digit

For example, an acceptable entry for an AA999 format would be CD234.

System Use Checks each number entered against the defined format. When the number does not match, displays a warning message.

When no format is defined, the System does not perform any checks on the entered data.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier (Continued)

Page 322: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

290 QuadraMed Corporation

Display Maximum Length

Purpose Defines whether the maximum length of the formatted entry should be displayed when the field created from this data element is selected during insurance processing.

Input Yes/No

Defaults to no

System Use Yes – Displays the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

No – Does not display the end of line symbol.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Verification Expression

Purpose Defines a more specific format check (Example: The number must start with a specific set of numbers, such as 12 or 1812).

Input Mumps code/operations (Example: !, |, $s, and so on)

Data values (Example: 1812, A1812)

System Use Evaluates/performs the defined expression. When the expression returns a false value, the number was entered incorrectly and an error messages displays.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 323: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 291

Chapter 74

Subscriber Employer Address Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employer Address data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's employer address to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Employer Address data element is accessed, the System either automatically defaults the subscriber's employer address or displays an Address Collection Screen.

The Address Collection Screen that displays is defined in the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad"), and linked to the Address Collection Screen Constants field of this data element.When no entry is made into the field created from the Subscriber Employer data element, the System stars out ( ** ) this field, making it inaccessible.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer Address data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer Address data element:

Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 324: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

292 QuadraMed Corporation

When the Subscriber Employer data element is defined, this data element field can be defined as follows:

Automatically defaulted by the System when the information for the Subscriber Employer data element is selected from the Employer Table, ^rt("em"). When the address is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Employer level, Address field, the System defaults the employer address into this field. After the System defaults this information, it stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

Automatically defaulted by the System when the information for the Subscriber Branch data element is selected from the Employer Table, ^rt("em"). When the address is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Branch level, Address field, the System defaults the branch address into this field. The branch address overrides the employer address. After the System defaults this information, it stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

Free-text entry of the address.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employer Address data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor? processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Employer Address data element field into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber? processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employer Address data element field for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

Page 325: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 74 Subscriber Employer Address Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 293

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Address Collection Screen

Purpose Defines the Address Collection Screen that displays to collect the address on the user's side.

Input Single selection

Links from the Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad")

System Use Displays this Address Collection Screen when the field created from this data element is selected during insurance processing.

When a screen is not defined in this field, the System displays the screen defined in the System Parameter Table, ^%z, Reg/ADT System Parameters subfile, Facility-specific level, Miscellaneous Data Screen, Address Collection Driver field.

For a complete description of address screens, see Chapter 1, Address Collection Driver Table, ^rt("ad") in the Address Collection Driver Table Reference.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier (Continued)

Page 326: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

294 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 327: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 295

Chapter 75

Subscriber Employer Branch Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employer Branch data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's employer branch to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer Branch data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer Branch data element:

None

Variations The Subscriber Employer Branch data element consists of the following variations:

Free-Text Only – This variation indicates to the System that the entry will be free-text. The System does not display any Branch Options for selection. The following field displays for the Free-Text Only variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierStandard – This variation indicates to the System that the entry will be either free-text or a selection from the Branch Options. The System displays a list of Branch Options for selection as well as prompts for free-text to be entered. The following field displays for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 328: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

296 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce the field that has been created from the Subscriber Employer Branch data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for an employer branch, a partial name, or free-text to be entered. Branch Options are defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em").

When no entry is made into the field created from the Subscriber Employer data element, QuadraMed CPR stars out ( ** ) this field, making it inaccessible. When a Branch Option is selected, the System automatically fills in the following data element fields with branch information, provided the information is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Branch level:

Subscriber Employer Address

Subscriber Employer Contact

Subscriber Employer Telephone

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employer Branch data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ̂ rt("rsg"), Employer Branch data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employer Branch data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

Page 329: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 75 Subscriber Employer Branch Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 297

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Message Modifier (Continued)

Page 330: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

298 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 331: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 299

Chapter 76

Subscriber Employer Comment Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employer Comment data element is used to create a field that allows a free-text comment about the subscriber's employer to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Employer Comment data element is accessed, the System prompts for a comment to be entered. When no entry is made into the field created from the Subscriber Employer data element, QuadraMed CPR stars out ( ** ) this field, making it inaccessible.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employer Comment data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer Comment data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer Comment data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 332: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

300 QuadraMed Corporation

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Employer Comment data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employer Comment data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 333: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 301

Chapter 77

Subscriber Employer Contact Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employer Contact data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's employer contact to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Employer Contact data element is accessed, the System prompts for a contact to be entered. When no entry is made into the field created from the Subscriber Employer data element, QuadraMed CPR stars out ( ** ) this field, making it inaccessible.

When the Subscriber Employer data element is defined, this data element field can be defined as follows:

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer Contact data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer Contact data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 334: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

302 QuadraMed Corporation

Automatically filled-in by the System when the information for the Subscriber Employer data element is selected from the Employer Table, ^rt("em"). When the contact is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Employer level, Contact Name field, the System defaults the subscriber employer contact into this field.

Automatically filled-in by the System when the information for the Subscriber Branch data element is selected from the Employer Table, ^rt("em"). When the contact is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Branch level, Contact Name field, the System defaults the subscriber employer contact into this field.

Free-text entry of the contact.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employer Contact data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Employer Contact data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employer Contact data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 335: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 303

Chapter 78

Subscriber Employer Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employer data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's employer to be entered during the insurance process.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer data element:

None

Variations The Subscriber Employer data element consists of the following variations:

Free-Text Only – This variation indicates to the System that the entry will be free-text. The System does not display any Employer Options for selection. The following fields display for the Free-Text Only variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierLengthStandard – This variation indicates to the System that the entry will be either free-text or a selection from the Employer Options. The System displays a list of Employer Options for selection as well as prompts for free-text to be entered. The following fields display for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierLengthAddress Display

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 336: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

304 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Employer data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for an employer, a partial name, or free-text to be entered. Entry of a partial name causes the System to display a list of Employer Options. Employer Options are defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em").

The Subscriber Employer data element is starred out ( ** ), making it inaccessible, until the Subscriber Employment Status data element field is defined as active. An employment status is considered active when the Employment Status Table, ^rt("ems"), Active Employment? field is defined as yes for the selected employment status option.

The following data element fields are starred out ( ** ), making them inaccessible, until the Subscriber Employer data element is defined:

Subscriber Employee ID

Subscriber Employer Address

Subscriber Employer Branch

Subscriber Employer Comment

Subscriber Employer Contact

Subscriber Employer Telephone

When an Employer Option is selected from the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), the System automatically fills in the following data element fields, provided the information is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"):

Subscriber Employer Address

Subscriber Employer Contact

Subscriber Employer Telephone

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employer data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Employer data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employer data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

Page 337: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 78 Subscriber Employer Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 305

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Address Display

Purpose Defines the address that displays in the Subscriber Employer Address data element field.

Input (L) Location Address

(B) Billing Address

Defaults to location address

Page 338: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

306 QuadraMed Corporation

System Use (L) Location Address – The System displays the information defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Employer level, Address field, as the subscriber employer's address.

(B) Billing Address – The System displays the information defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Employer level, Billing Address field, as the subscriber employer's address.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Address Display (Continued)

Page 339: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 307

Chapter 79

Subscriber Employer Telephone Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employer Telephone data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's employer telephone number to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Employer Telephone data element is accessed, the System prompts for the telephone number to be entered. QuadraMed CPR accepts standard telephone formats.

When no entry is made into the field created from the Subscriber Employer data element, QuadraMed CPR stars out ( ** ) this field, making it inaccessible.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer Telephone data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer Telephone data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 340: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

308 QuadraMed Corporation

When the Subscriber Employer data element is defined, this field can be defined as follows:

Automatically filled-in by the System when the information for the Subscriber Employer data element is selected from the Employer Table, ^rt("em"). When the telephone number is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Employer level, Telephone field, the System defaults the subscriber employer telephone number into this field.

Automatically filled-in by the System when the information for the Subscriber Branch data element is selected from the Employer Table, ^rt("em"). When the telephone number is defined in the Employer Table, ^rt("em"), Branch level, Telephone field, the System defaults the branch telephone number into this field. The branch telephone number overrides the Employer level, Telephone field.

Free-text entry of the telephone number.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employer Telephone data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Employer Telephone data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employer Telephone data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 341: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 309

Chapter 80

Subscriber Employment Status Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Employment Status data element is used to create a field that allows the employment status of the subscriber to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Employment Status data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Employment Status Options and prompts for one to be selected. Employment Status Options are defined in the Employment Status Table, ^rt("ems").

When an option is selected that is not considered an active employment status, QuadraMed CPR stars out (**) the following data element fields, making them inaccessible:

Subscriber Employee ID

Subscriber Employer

Subscriber Employer Address

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer Status data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer Status data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 342: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

310 QuadraMed Corporation

Subscriber Employer Branch

Subscriber Employer Comment

Subscriber Employer Contact

Subscriber Employer Telephone

An employment status option is considered active when the Employment Status Table, ^rt("ems"), Active Employment? field is defined as yes.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Employment Status data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Employment Status data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Employment Status data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 343: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 311

Chapter 81

Subscriber Home Telephone Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Home Telephone data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's home telephone number to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Employer Telephone data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Employer Telephone data element:

None

Variations The Subscriber Home Telephone data element consists of the following variations:

None Option – This variation operates the same as the Standard variation with the addition of or Choose none (N) as a processing option in the transaction line. The following field displays for the None Option variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierStandard – This variation allows standard telephone formats to be entered. For a complete description of standard telephone formats, see Chapter 4, Standard Data Elements in the Introduction to CPR Tables. The following field displays for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 344: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

312 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Home Telephone data element is accessed, the System prompts for a telephone number to be entered. When the None Option variation is used, the System also prompts, as part of the transaction line, or Choose none(N). QuadraMed CPR accepts standard telephone formats.

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Home Telephone data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Home Telephone data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Home Telephone data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 345: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 313

Chapter 82

Subscriber Name Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Name data element is used to create a field that allows the name of the person holding the insurance policy to be identified.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM the Subscriber Name data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO the Subscriber Name data element:

None

Required Status The required status for this data element is database-defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ̂ rt("ipp"), Data Element Definition Screen, Required? field, as well as in the Required Expr Expressions field.

NOTE: When both the Required? field and a required expression are defined, the System uses the most restrictive required status.

Variations The Subscriber Name data element consists of the following variations:

Name without suffix – This variation does not display the Family Suffix Options during data entry. The following fields display for the Name without suffix variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierGuarantor ModifierGuarantor Modifier CharacterSame As Data To ExcludeLengthStandard – This variation displays the list of Family Suffix Options when the subscriber name is being defined. The following fields display for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierGuarantor Modifier

Page 346: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

314 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Name data element is accessed, the System prompts for a name to be entered, or to choose same as patient, guarantor, or other subscriber. When a name is entered, it must be entered in the standard person format (i.e., Last,First M). Depending on the variation selected, after the name is entered, the System can display a list of Family Suffix Options. Family Suffix Options are defined in the Family Suffix Table, ^rt("fs").

When the same as patient processing option is chosen, the System defaults the following Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), patient data element information into the corresponding Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), subscriber data element.

Guarantor Modifier CharacterSame As Data To ExcludeLength

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

REGISTRATION SCREEN SEQUENCE TABLE, ^RT("RS"), DATA ELEMENT

INSURANCE/PAYOR PROFILE TABLE, ^RT("IPP"), DATA ELEMENT

Employer Subscriber Employer

Employer Address Subscriber Employer Address

Employer Branch Subscriber Employer Branch

Employer Comment Subscriber Employer Comment

Employer Contact Subscriber Employer Contact

Employer Telephone Subscriber Employer Telephone

Patient Name Subscriber Name

Patient Address Subscriber Address

Patient Birthdate Subscriber Birthdate

Patient Day Telephone Subscriber Day Telephone

Patient Driver's License Subscriber Driver's License

Patient Employee ID Subscriber Employee ID

Patient Employment Status Subscriber Employment Status

Patient Home Telephone Subscriber Home Telephone

Patient Occupation Subscriber Occupation

Page 347: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 82 Subscriber Name Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 315

When the same as <guarantor modifier> processing option is chosen, the System defaults the following Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), guarantor data element information into the corresponding Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), subscriber data element.

Patient Sex Subscriber Sex

Patient Social Security # Subscriber Social Security Number

After the System defaults the patient information into the corresponding subscriber data element field, the System stars out ( ** ) all fields created from the subscriber data elements, except the Subscriber Name data element, making them inaccessible.

GUARANTOR SCREEN SEQUENCE TABLE,^RT("RSG"), DATA ELEMENT

INSURANCE/PAYOR PROFILE TABLE, ^RT("IPP"), DATA ELEMENT

Name Subscriber Name

Address Subscriber Address

Birthdate Subscriber Birthdate

Day Telephone Subscriber Day Telephone

Driver's License Subscriber Driver's License

Employee ID Subscriber Employee ID

Employer Subscriber Employer

Employer Address Subscriber Employer Address

Employer Branch Subscriber Employer Branch

Employer Comment Subscriber Employer Comment

Employer Contact Subscriber Employer Contact

Employer Telephone Subscriber Employer Telephone

Employment Status Subscriber Employment Status

Home Telephone Subscriber Home Telephone

Occupation Subscriber Occupation

Relationship Subscriber Relationship

Sex Subscriber Sex

Social Security # Subscriber Social Security Number

REGISTRATION SCREEN SEQUENCE TABLE, ^RT("RS"), DATA ELEMENT

INSURANCE/PAYOR PROFILE TABLE, ^RT("IPP"), DATA ELEMENT

Page 348: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

316 QuadraMed Corporation

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen, the System displays a list of Other Subscriber Options and prompts for one to be selected. When more than one insurance is defined for a visit, the System displays the subscribers defined for those other insurances as Other Subscriber Options. When an other subscriber is chosen, the System defaults all the other subscriber information into the corresponding data element fields. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

When the field created from the Visit Type Table, ^rt("vt"), Guarantor data element is defined as same as patient employer, the System suppresses the same as patient guarantor processing option from displaying in this data element field.

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Guarantor Modifier

Purpose Defines the transaction line option that allows the default of guarantor data as subscriber data.

Input Free-text

Greater than 15 characters is impractical for display purposes.

Required

System Use Displays this text as part of the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 349: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 82 Subscriber Name Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 317

Guarantor Modifier Character

Purpose Defines the character that is associated with the guarantor modifier.

Input Free-text

1 character limit

Required

System Use Displays this character on the transaction line, in parentheses, after the text defined in the Guarantor Modifier Constants field.

For example, if the Guarantor Modifier Constants field is defined as guarantor and this Constants field is defined as g, the transaction line would display Choose guarantor(g).

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Same As Data To Exclude

Purpose Defines which data elements are not to be copied when the field created from the this data element is defined as same as patient.

Input Multiple selection from the following hard-coded options:

Address

Birthdate

Day Telephone Number

Death Date/Time

Driver's License

Employee ID

Employer

Employer Address

Employer Branch

Employer Comment

Employer Contact

Employer Telephone Number

Employment Status

Home Telephone Number

Mailing Address

Name

Occupation

Relationship

Sex

Social Security Number

Page 350: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

318 QuadraMed Corporation

ExpressionsThe following fields display when the Expressions field is accessed:

System Use Excludes the selected options from being copied when the field created from this data element is defined as same as patient.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

FIELD DESCRIPTION

Default Expr Defines an expression that determines a predefined value entered into the data element field.

Edit Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be edited by the user.

Display Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field can be accessed on the screen driver on the user's side. When display security fails, the selection number and data for the field are starred out.

Allowed Security Expr Defines an expression that determines whether data can be entered into the data element field. When allowed security fails, the field cannot be accessed and the System clears any defined data in the field.

Required Expr Defines an expression that determines whether the data element field is required.

Same As Data To Exclude (Continued)

Page 351: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 319

Chapter 83

Subscriber Occupation Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Occupation data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's occupation to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element AttributesData Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Occupation data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Occupation data element:

None

Variations The Subscriber Occupation data element consists of the following variations:

Free-Text Only – This variation indicates to the System that the entry is free-text. The following fields display for the Free-Text Only variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierLengthStandard – This variation indicates to the System that the entry is either free-text or a selection from the Occupation Options. The following fields display for the Standard variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message ModifierLength

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 352: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

320 QuadraMed Corporation

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Occupation data element is accessed, the System, depending on the variation selected, either prompts for the entry of a partial name or an occupation.

When a partial name is entered, the System displays a list of matching Occupation Options and prompts for one to be selected, or for free-text to be entered. Occupation Options are defined in the Occupation Table, ^rt("oc"). When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Occupation data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Occupation data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Occupation data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following fields display when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length

Purpose Defines the maximum number of characters that can be entered into this field.

Input Integer

Page 353: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

Chapter 83 Subscriber Occupation Data Element

QuadraMed Corporation 321

System Use When defined, the System places the end of line symbol (|) at the end of the data element field input area to mark the maximum number of characters that can be entered.

When left blank, there is no limit for entering characters into the data element field.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Length (Continued)

Page 354: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

322 QuadraMed Corporation

Page 355: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 323

Chapter 84

Subscriber Relationship Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Relationship data element is used to create a field that allows the entry of the subscriber's relationship to the patient during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Relationship data element is accessed, the System displays a list of Relationship Options and prompts for one to be selected. Relationship Options are defined in the Relationship Table, ^rt("rl").

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults self into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Relationship data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Relationship data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 356: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

324 QuadraMed Corporation

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Relationship data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Relationship data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 357: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 325

Chapter 85

Subscriber Sex Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Sex data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's sex to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Sex data element is accessed, the System prompts for the subscriber's sex to be chosen (i.e., M Male, F Female, or U Unknown).

When the same as patient(P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Sex data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible. When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Sex data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Sex data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Sex data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 358: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

326 QuadraMed Corporation

When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Sex data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 359: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 327

Chapter 86

Subscriber Social Security Number Data Element

OverviewThe Subscriber Social Security Number data element is used to create a field that allows the subscriber's social security number to be entered during insurance processing.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Subscriber Social Security Number data element is accessed, the System prompts for the subscriber's social security number to be entered. The format of the social security number is hard-coded (that is, 999-99-9999).

When the same as patient (P) processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Registration Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rs"), Patient Social Security Number data element into this data element field. After the System defaults this information, the System stars out ( ** ) this data element field, making it inaccessible.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Subscriber Social Security Number data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Subscriber Social Security Number data element:

None

Variations None

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 360: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

328 QuadraMed Corporation

When the same as guarantor processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Guarantor Screen Sequence Table, ^rt("rsg"), Social Security Number data element into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited. When the other subscriber processing option is chosen while defining the subscriber name, the System defaults the information defined in the Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp"), Subscriber Social Security Number data element for the other subscriber into this data element field. This information can be accepted or edited.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 361: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 329

Chapter 87

Telephone Data Element

OverviewThe Telephone data element is used to create a field that allows the insurance/payor telephone number to be defined.

Data Element Attributes

DescriptionOnce a field that has been created from the Telephone data element is accessed, the System automatically defaults the telephone number defined in the Insurance/Payor Table, ^rt("ip"), Telephone field.

Data Element Relationship

Links TO other Tables FROM Telephone data element:

Insurance/Payor Profile Table, ^rt("ipp")

Links FROM other Tables TO Telephone data element:

None

Variations The Telephone data element consists of the following variations:

Display Only – This variation indicates the telephone number is a display only field. The information that displays cannot be edited. There are no constants defined for this data element.

Entered – This variation allows standard telephone formats to be entered. For a complete description of standard telephone formats, see Chapter 4, Standard Data Elements in the Introduction to CPR Tables. The following field displays for the Entered variation when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Rebuilding Screens Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 362: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

330 QuadraMed Corporation

When this data element field is defined with the Display Only variation, the field created from this data element cannot be edited. When this data element field is defined with the Entered variation, the default information can be accepted or edited. QuadraMed CPR accepts standard telephone formats.

ConstantsThe following field displays when the Constants field is accessed:

Message Modifier

Purpose Defines the text that displays as the transaction line when this data element field is accessed. In some instances, the message modifier also provides a header to a selection list.

Input Free-text

Greater than 40 characters is impractical for display purposes

Required

System Use Displays this text as the transaction line when the field created from this data element is accessed.

Impact ofChange

Changes are not reflected on the user's side until the screen containing the data element is rebuilt.

Page 363: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed Corporation 331

Index of Selected Fields

AAdditional Generated Data String 160Additional Object Data String 159Address Collection Screen 13, 169, 274, 293Address Display 305Allow Annotation? 157Allow Approximate? 126Allow Duplicate Secondary Number(s)? 252Allow Edit of Secondary Number(s)? 253Allow Free-Text? 176, 181Allow Partial Name? 181Allowed Security Expr 8, 161, 171, 182, 215, 318

CCard Capture Parameters 264Card Location 265Card Reader Parameters 264Check Digit Type 137Choose Values 121City Length 275Country 276Country Length 276County Length 275

DDays In Future 37, 41, 45, 49, 59, 64, 67, 71, 207, 211Days In Past 37, 41, 45, 49, 59, 63, 67, 71, 207, 211Display Format 156Display Format(s) 79, 83, 87, 91, 95, 99, 103, 107, 111,

115, 136, 187, 219, 225, 234, 289Display Maximum Length 79, 83, 87, 91, 95, 99, 103,

107, 111, 115, 136, 188, 220, 226, 234, 290Display Name 267Display Security Expr 7, 161, 170, 182, 214, 254, 318Display Text 17, 55, 192, 239, 243Display Type 79, 83, 87, 91, 95, 99, 103, 107, 111,

115, 131, 136, 187, 219, 225, 233, 289

EEdit Security Expr 7, 161, 170, 182, 214, 253, 318Effective Date 1 63Employee Type(s) 131

FField Delimiter 264Format(s) 267

GGuarantor Modifier 316Guarantor Modifier Character 317

HHard-Coded Values 144High Range 235

IImage Print Size 161Initial Annotation Tool 157Ins/Payor DE Pointer 265Interface 263

LLow Range 235

MMailing Code Length 277Manual Number Entry 253Message Modifier 12, 17, 20, 23, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 37,

41, 45, 49, 52, 55, 59, 63, 67, 71, 74, 76, 78, 82, 86, 90, 94, 98, 102, 106, 110, 114, 118, 126, 130, 135, 140, 144, 164, 169, 174, 179, 184, 186, 191, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 207, 211, 214, 218, 222, 224, 229, 233, 239, 243, 246, 248, 251, 271, 274,

Page 364: QuadraMed CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference€¦ · QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference iv QuadraMed Corporation 20 - Expiration Date Data Element 5.4.0

QuadraMed® CPR Insurance Payor Profile Table Reference

332 QuadraMed Corporation

284, 286, 288, 292, 296, 300, 302, 305, 308, 310, 312, 316, 320, 324, 326, 328, 330

Multimedia Catalogue Object(s) 156Multimedia Definition 153Multimedia Rubber Stamp(s) 158Multimedia Server Type(s) 154Multimedia Type 153Multi-Select? 175, 180

OOverride Previous Data? 266

PProfile Name 3Profile Short Name 3Prompt 16, 54, 120, 190, 228, 238, 242

RRequired Expr 8, 161, 171, 182, 215, 254, 318Required Status 267Revision List iii

SSame As Data To Exclude 317Screen Name 4Screen Type/Name 174Secondary Number Type/Secondary Number

Type(s) 252Selection Group 179Selection Table 179State Length 276Storage Reference 122, 126, 131, 138, 141, 145, 152,

165, 169, 182, 184Storage Reference (Continued) 176Street Address Length 275Suppress Printing? 160

TTimeout Management Queue(s) 262

UUse Partial Name Match? 170

VValues 17, 55, 191, 229, 239, 243Verification Expression 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, 100, 104,

108, 112, 116, 138, 188, 220, 226, 235, 290Verification Start Method 263

WWindow Preference 175, 180